Home

2013 Optima Owner`s Manual

1. 4 25 TELS EUS ASO Nees E 7 45 12 Brake pedale Trio 5 23 13 Accelerator pedal 59510 14 Trunk lid release lever 4 18 15 Fuel filler lid release lever 4 27 if equipped OTF010001N Your vehicle at a glance INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW ieinstirument elusier 2 o 4 48 2 Light control Turn signals 4 80 3 WiperWasher sconti 4 85 APRON E OA A 4 37 5 Steering wheel audio control 4 121 6 Aulo ciuise coniioli 5 37 A Drivers al Dag e ero 3 92 8 Steering Wheel 4 36 9 Ignition switch or ENGINE START STOP button 5 4 5 6 0ZDionalcock fe FR daga 4 118 Mc Hazaidso are erin neni ease 4 74 6 2 AUGO RETTA 4 120 13 Climate control system 4 92 4 101 14 Shit lever So een 5 12 5 15 15 Aux USB and iPod port 2 4 122 16 Power outlet ie na ano 4 117 I7 oea WAME a E eo eer e 3 9 18 Passenger s air bag FSE IOS GIOVE boost een 4 113 if equipped The actual instrument panel in the vehicle may differ from the illustration Your vehicle at a glance ENGINE COMPARTMENT E 2 4L Engine 1 Engine coolant reservoir 7 18 2 Engine oil filler Cap mesece ienie 7 15 3 Brake clutch fluid reservoir 7 20 AS Air cleaner Aaa a 7 23 SFUSO 7 45 E 2 0L Engine 6 Positive battery terminal 7 28 7 Negative battery
2. OTF050020 To turn cruise control off do one of the following e Push the cruise ON OFF button the CRUISE indicator light in the instru ment cluster will go off e Turn the ignition off Both of these actions cancel cruise con trol operation If you want to resume cruise control operation repeat the steps provided in To set cruise control speed on the previous page Driving your vehicle ECONOMICAL OPERATION Your vehicle s fuel economy depends mainly on your style of driving where you drive and when you drive Each of these factors affects how many miles kilometers you can get from a gal lon liter of fuel To operate your vehicle as economically as possible use the fol lowing driving suggestions to help save money in both fuel and repairs e Drive smoothly Accelerate at a moder ate rate Don t make jack rabbit starts or full throttle shifts and maintain a steady cruising speed Don t race between stoplights Try to adjust your speed to the traffic so you don t have to change speeds unnecessarily Avoid heavy traffic whenever possible Always maintain a safe distance from other vehicles so you can avoid unnec essary braking This also reduces brake wear Drive at a moderate speed The faster you drive the more fuel your vehicle uses Driving at a moderate speed especially on the highway is one of the most effective ways to reduce fuel con sumption Don t ride the brake pedal This
3. Index A RE A I O E 5 36 a ionici inizio 3 40 Air bag warning label eri nine 3 66 Air bag warning light issernida 3 43 Curtain air bagni narnia rianiiii 3 58 Driver s and passenger s front air bag 3 52 Occupant detection SYSTEM iii 3 46 Side impact air bagnini 3 56 SRS components and functions 134s eresssseciesancesenesseaesoens 3 43 Air cleaner N N I 793 Alarm system eenaa a rei 4 10 Antenna Cannata 4 120 Anti lock brake system ABS ucraina 5 26 Appearance cares 11 gt e 7 56 ee ee ENEN I ee 7 56 fisn l erivcett Oc ce ee sieke 7 61 Audio System sessioni ironici nic 4 120 Ue 4 120 Steering wheel audio control ricreare 4 121 Aux USB and iPod portici 4 122 Auto defogging SYSTEM iii 4 112 Automatic climate control system 00000 4 101 Air conditioning ee eiin a ioni i ie 4 107 Automatic heating and air conditioning eese 4 102 Manual heating and air conditioning 4 103 i2 Automatic ansia 5 15 I gnition key interlock SYSTEM ci 5 20 Paddle shifter tosses sss esewnwas ganna sivas cusseunianeiwasdedenensescecaenannai 5 19 Shift lock system iii 5 19 Sports mode iii 5 18 Aux USB and iPod porti 4 122 B attery eee 7 28 B attery saver f nctiorn ereer iii 4 80 Before driving curi ni 0 0u icinmi 5 3 Bottle holders see cup holders iii 4 116 Brake SYSTEM ei 5 23 Anti lock brake system ABS scien 5 26 Electronic stability control ESC 000 5 28 Parking brake ssnaraanianianiainia riva 5 24 Pais Bit
4. OTF040027 1 Stop the engine 2 To open the fuel filler lid push the fuel filler lid opener button 3 Pull the fuel filler lid 1 out to fully open 4 To remove the cap turn the fuel tank cap 2 counterclockwise 5 Refuel as needed Closing the fuel filler lid 1 To install the cap turn it clockwise until it clicks one time This indicates that the cap is securely tightened 2 Close the fuel filler lid and push it light ly and make sure that it is securely closed Features of your vehicle Continued e Gasoline vapors are dangerous Before refueling always stop the engine and never smoke or allow sparks and open flames near the filler area Never operate your vehicle with out a filler cap properly installed flammable vapors and gasoline could leak out in dangerous situ ations such as a collision or rollover If the filler cap must be replaced only use genuine Kia replacement parts Tighten the cap until it clicks one time otherwise the fed light will illuminate d WARNING Refueling dan gers Automotive fuels are flammable materials When refueling please note the following guidelines care fully Failure to follow these guide lines may result in severe personal injury severe burns or death by fire or explosion e Read and follow all warnings at the gas station facility Before refueling note the location of the Emergency Gasoline Shut Off if available at the gas stati
5. 1 Determine the desired Zone Number based upon your current location on the Zone Map 2 Press and hold the button for more than 3 but less than 6 seconds the current Zone Number will appear on the display 3 Pressing and holding the button again will cause the numbers to incre ment Note they will repeat 13 14 15 1 2 Releasing the button when the desired Zone Number appears on the display will set the new Zone 4 Within about 5 seconds the compass will start displaying a compass head ing again There are some conditions that can cause changes to the vehicle magnets such as installing a ski rack or a CB antenna Body repair work on the vehicle can also cause changes to the vehicle s magnetic field In these situations the compass will need to be re calibrated to quickly correct for these changes To re calibrate the compass 1 Press and hold the button for more than 6 seconds When the compass memory is cleared a C will appear in the display 2 To calibrate the compass drive the vehicle in 2 complete circles at less than 8 km h 5 mph Integrated HomeLink Wireless Control System The HomeLink Wireless Control System provides a convenient way to replace up to three hand held radio fre quency RF transmitters with a single built in device This innovative feature will learn the radio frequency codes of most current transmitters to operate devices such as gate operators garage
6. Both the driver s and front passen ger s pre tensioner seat belts may be activated in certain frontal collisions The pre tensioners will not activate if the seat belts are not worn at the time of the collision When the pre tensioner seat belts are activated a loud noise may be heard and fine dust which may appear to be smoke may be visible in the passenger compartment These are normal oper ating conditions and are not haz ardous Although it is harmless the fine dust may cause skin irritation and should not be breathed for prolonged peri ods Wash all exposed skin areas thor oughly after an accident in which the pre tensioner seat belts were activat ed NOTICE Because the sensor that activates the SRS air bag is connected with the pre tensioner seat belt the SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds after the ignition switch has been turned to the ON position and then it should turn off 4 CAUTION If the pre tensioner seat belt does not work properly this warning light will illuminate even if the SRS air bag has not malfunctioned If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON or if it remains illumi nated after illuminating for approxi mately 6 seconds or if it illuminates while the vehicle is being driven please have an authorized Kia deal er inspect the pre tensioner seat belt or SRS air bag
7. Y Distance to Service if equipped E Type A E lype B E Type A E Type B OTF040060C Odometer km or mi The odometer indicates the total dis tance the vehicle has been driven You will also find the odometer useful to determine when periodic maintenance should be performed The odometer is always displayed until the display is turned off OTF040061C Tripmeter km or mi TRIP A Tripmeter A TRIP B Tripmeter B This mode indicates the distance of indi vidual trips selected since the last trip meter reset The meter s working range is from 0 0 to 9999 9 km 0 0 to 9999 9 miles Pressing the RESET button for more than 1 second when the tripmeter TRIP A or TRIP B is being displayed clears the tripmeter to zero 0 0 Features of your vehicle E Type A E Type B Dista ce to Empty Distance 223 km To Empty sd 223 um Rini OTF040062C Distance to empty km or mi This mode indicates the estimated dis tance to empty based on the current fuel in the fuel tank and the amount of fuel delivered to the engine When the remaining distance is below 50 km 30 miles will be displayed and the dis tance to empty indicator will blink The meter s working range is from 50 to 990 km 30 to 990 miles E Type A E Type B AVG Fuel Economy 14 4 L 100km Average 14 4L 100km OTF040064C Average fuel consumption if equipped 1 100 km or MPG This mod
8. button START STOP button without the shift ENGINE START STOP button with Whenever the front door is opened the lever in the P Park position the the shift lever in the N Neutral ENGINE START STOP button will illumi ENGINE START STOP button will not position nate for your convenience The light will change to the OFF position but to the go off after about 30 seconds when the ACC position door is closed It will also go off immedi ately when the theft alarm system is armed Driving your vehicle ACC Accessory Orange indicator With automatic transaxle Press the ENGINE START STOP button while it is in the OFF position without depressing the brake pedal If the ENGINE START STOP button is in the ACC position for more than 1 hour the button is turned off automatically to prevent battery discharge ON Green indicator e With automatic transaxle Press the ENGINE START STOP button while it is in the ACC position without depressing the brake pedal The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started Do not leave the ENGINE START STOP button in the ON position for a long time The battery may discharge because the engine is not running START RUN Not illuminated e With automatic transaxle To start the engine depress the brake pedal and press the ENGINE START STOP button with the shift lever in the P Park or the N Neutral position For your safety start the engine with the shift
9. ee 365 kg 300 Ibs signi 750 Ibs ei 805 Ibs Weight 68 kg 150 Ibs x 2 68 kg 150 Ibs x 5 73 kg 161 lbs x 5 Available Cargo and 249 kg Available Cargo and 45 kg Available Cargo and 20 kg Luggage weight 549 Ibs Luggage weight 99 Ibs Luggage weight 44 lbs Refer to your vehicle s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle s capacity weight and seating positions The combined weight of the driver passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle s Capacity weight Driving your vehicle Certification label The certification label is located on the driver s door sill at the center pil lar This label shows the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle This is called the GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle all occupants fuel and cargo This label also tells you the maxi mum weight that can be supported by the front and rear axles called Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR To find out the actual loads on your front and rear axles you need to go to a weigh station and weigh your vehicle Your dealer can help you with this Be sure to spread out your load equally on both sides of the center line The label will help you decide how much cargo and installed equipment your vehicle can carry If you carry items inside your vehicle like suitcases tools packages or anything else they are moving as
10. indica SRS warning Front ta light air bag tor light 1 Adult or child age 13 and up Activated 2 Infant or child restraint system 1 The system judges a person of adult size as an adult When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat the system may recognize him her as a child depending on his her physique and posture 2 Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat When a smaller child than the same age sits in the front passenger seat the system may recognize him her as an infant depending on his her physique or posture 3 Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat 4 The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator may turn on or off when a child above 12 months to 12 years old with or without child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat This is a normal condition Safety features of your vehicle Continued B990A080 1KMN3663 1KMN3665 Never put a heavy load in the Never sit with the hips shifted Never place the feet on the dash front passenger seat towards the front of the seat board OVQ036014N 1KMN3662 1KMN3664 Never place the feet on the front Never excessively recline the Never lean on the door or center passenger seatback front passenger seatback console Never sit on one side of the front passenger seat Safety features of your vehicle If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indi X NOTICE cator is still on ask the passenger
11. Be sure there are no obstacles behind you if you intend to back up Necessary inspections Fluid levels such as engine oil engine coolant brake fluid and washer fluid should be checked on a regular basis with the exact interval depending on the fluid Further details are provided in Section 7 Maintenance WARNING Driving while distracted can result in a loss of vehicle control that may lead to an accident severe personal injury and death The dri vers primary responsibility is in the safe and legal operation of a vehicle and use of any handheld devices other equipment or vehi cle systems which take the driver s eyes attention and focus away from the safe operation of a vehicle or which are not permissible by law should never be used during oper ation of the vehicle Before starting e Close and lock all doors Position the seat so that all controls are easily reached Adjust the inside and outside rearview mirrors Be sure that all lights work Check all gauges Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position Release the parking brake and make sure the brake warning light goes out For safe operation be sure you are famil lar with your vehicle and its equipment WARNING All passengers must be properly belted whenever the vehicle is mov ing Refer to Seat belts in section 3 for more information on their proper use WARNIN
12. E Type B OTF040115 Rear window defroster The defroster heats the window to remove frost fog and thin ice from the interior and exterior of the rear window while the engine is running To activate the rear window defroster press the rear window defroster button located in the center facia switch panel The indicator on the rear window defroster button illuminates when the defroster is ON If there is heavy accumulation of snow on the rear window brush it off before oper ating the rear defroster The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 20 minutes or when the ignition switch is turned off To turn off the defroster manually press the rear window defroster button again Front wiper deicer if equipped If your vehicle is equipped with the front wiper deicer it will be operating at the same time you operate the rear window defroster ie Features of your vehicle MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED 1 Fan speed control knob 5 Air conditioning button 2 Front windshield defroster button 6 Mode selection button 3 Rear window defroster button 7 Air intake control button 4 Temperature control knob OTF040120 Features of your vehicle Heating and air conditioning 1 Start the engine 2 Set the mode to the desired position To improve the effectiveness of heat ing and cooling Heating Na Cooling ae 3 Set the temperature control to the desired p
13. The button of the front outside door is pressed while carrying the smart key The engine is started within 3 sec onds After the doors are unlocked the hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the system is disarmed After pressing the unlock button if any door or tailgate is not opened within 30 seconds the system will be rearmed n i n n i n n Features of your vehicle NOTICE Non immobilizer system e Avoid trying to start the engine while the alarm is activated The vehicle starting motor is disabled during the theft alarm stage If the system is not disarmed with the transmitter insert the key into the ignition switch turn the ignition switch to the ON position and wait for 30 seconds Then the system will be disarmed e If you lose your keys consult your authorized Kia dealer NOTICE Immobilizer system e If the system is not disarmed with the transmitter insert the key into the ignition switch and start the engine Then the system will be disarmed e If you lose your keys consult your authorized Kia dealer J CAUTION Do not change alter or adjust the theft alarm system because it could cause the theft alarm system to malfunction and should only be serviced by an authorized Kia deal er Malfunctions caused by improper alterations adjustments or modifi cations to the theft alarm system are not covered by your vehicle manufacturer warranty NOTICE Always re
14. The ring 1 must be pulled while mov ing the shift lever OTFO50009N Manual transaxle operation The manual transaxle has 6 forward gears This shift pattern is imprinted on the shift knob The transaxle is fully synchronized in all forward gears so shifting to either a higher or a lower gear is easily accom plished Depress the clutch pedal down fully while shifting then release it slowly If your vehicle is equipped with an igni tion lock switch the engine will not start when starting the engine without depressing the clutch pedal The shift lever must be returned to the neutral position before shifting into R Reverse The ring 1 located below the shift knob must be pulled upward while moving the shift lever to the R Reverse position Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before shifting into R Reverse Never operate the engine with the tachometer rom in the red zone 4 CAUTION When downshifting from fifth gear to fourth gear caution should be taken not to inadver tently press the shift lever side ways in such a manner that the second gear is engaged Such a drastic downshift may cause the engine speed to increase to the point that the tachometer will enter the red zone Such over revving of the engine and transaxle may possibly cause engine damage Do not downshift more than 2 gears or downshift the gear when the engine is running at high speed 5 000 RPM or higher Such a downshift
15. e The seat belt warning light can blink when a briefcase or purse is placed on the front passenger seat f B180A01NF Seat belt Driver s 3 point system with emergency locking retractor To fasten your seat belt To fasten your seat belt pull it out of the retractor and insert the metal tab 1 into the buckle 2 There will be an audible click when the tab locks into the buckle The seat belt automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt por tion is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips If you lean for ward in a slow easy motion the belt will extend and let you move around If there is a sudden stop or impact however the belt will lock into position It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly NOTICE If you are not able to pull out the seat belt from the retractor firmly pull the belt out and release it Then you will be able to pull the belt out smoothly Safety features of your vehicle To raise the height adjuster pull it up 1 To lower it push it down 3 while press ing the height adjuster button 2 Release the button to lock the anchor into position Try sliding the height adjuster to make sure that it has locked into position Height adjustment You can adjust the height of the shoulder belt anchor to one of the 4 positions for maximum comfort and safety The height of the adjusting seat belt should not be too close to your ne
16. means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than 1 6 km 1 mile Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem Press the tire gage firm ly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the tire and loading information label no further adjust ment is necessary If the pressure is low add air until you reach the rec ommended amount If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve Recheck the tire pressure with the tire gage Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and mois ture Maintenance Tire rotation Without a spare tire To equalize tread wear it is recom mended that the tires be rotated every 12 000 km 7 500 miles or ES 63 sooner if irregular wear develops During rotation check the tires for e correct balance When rotating tires check for uneven wear and damage Abnormal wear is usually caused by incorrect tire pres S2BLA790A sure improper wheel alignment out Directional tires if equipped of balance wheels severe braking or severe cornering Look for bumps or bulges in the tread or side of tire EE Replace the tire if you find either of these conditions Replace the tire if fabric or cord is visible After rotation be sure to bring the front and r
17. the lamp alarm system the interior lights automat on when any door is opened does not turn off even if the ically turns off approximately 3 seconds regardless of the ignition switch 2 is in the OFF posi after the system is armed stage switch position When doors tion are unlocked by the transmitter ON or smart key the map lamp and the room lamp come on for approximately 30 seconds as long as any door is not open The map lamp and the room lamp stay on at all times Features of your vehicle E Type B e OFF The lights turn off even if a door e DOOR In the DOOR position the map is opened lamp and the room lamp come ON The room lamp stay on at all on when any door is opened times regardless of the ignition switch position When doors are unlocked by the transmitter or smart key the map lamp and the room lamp come on for approximately 30 seconds as long as any door is not open The map lamp and the room lamp goes out gradually after approximately 30 seconds if the door is closed However if the ignition switch is ON or all doors are locked the map lamp and the room lamp will turn off immediately If a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC or LOCK OTF040109 position the map lamp and the Room lamp room lamp stays on for about T A 20 minutes ili However if a door is opened To turn the room lamp push lens 3 with the ignition switch in the ON position the ma
18. 2 HE Button RANDOM e Press this button for less than 0 8 sec onds to play songs randomly in current folder Press this button for 0 8 seconds or longer to play songs randomly in entire USB device e To cancel RANDOM play press this button again 3 HEB Button REPEAT Press this button for less than 0 8 sec onds to repeat current song Press this button for 0 8 seconds or longer to repeat all songs in current folder To cancel REPEAT press this button again 4 Button e Press the button for less than 0 8 seconds to play from the beginning of the current song Press the button for less than 0 8 sec onds and press it again within 1 sec ond to move to and play the previous song Press the button for 0 8 seconds or longer to play the song in reverse direction in fast speed Press the button for less than 0 8 seconds to move to the next song Press the button for 0 8 seconds or longer to play the song in forward direction in fast speed Ue SEE Tr USA Use 5 Bets Button Plays each song in the USB device for 10 seconds To cancel SCAN Play press this button again SCAN MUTE af FOLDER eS a 6 ANZ Button Displays the information of the file cur rently played in the order of FILE NAME TITLE ALBUM NORMAL DISPLAY FILE NAME Displays no information if the file has no song information gt ARTIST FOLDER TOTAL FILE Features of your vehicle 8 Knob amp But
19. Features of your vehicle gt NOTICE While using the air conditioning sys tem monitor the temperature gauge closely while driving up hills or in heavy traffic when outside tempera tures are high Air conditioning sys tem operation may cause engine over heating Continue to use the blower fan but turn the air conditioning sys tem off if the temperature gauge indi cates engine overheating While opening the windows in humid weather air conditioning may create water droplets inside the vehicle Since excessive water droplets may cause damage to electrical equipment air conditioning should only be used with the windows closed Air conditioning system operation tips If the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape To help reduce moisture inside of the windows on rainy or humid days decrease the humidity inside the vehi cle by operating the air conditioning system During air conditioning system opera tion you may occasionally notice a slight change in engine speed as the air conditioning compressor cycles This is a normal system operation characteristic Use the air conditioning system every month only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system performance When using the air conditioning sys tem you may notice clear water drip ping or even puddling on the ground under the passenger side of the vehi cle
20. Maintenance OO R MAINTENANCE SERVICES You should exercise the utmost care to prevent damage to your vehicle and injury to yourself whenever performing any maintenance or inspection proce dures Should you have any doubts concerning the inspection or servicing of your vehi cle we strongly recommend that you have an authorized Kia dealer perform this work An authorized Kia dealer has factory trained technicians and genuine Kia parts to service your vehicle properly For expert advice and quality service see an authorized Kia dealer Inadequate incomplete or insufficient servicing may result in operational prob lems with your vehicle that could lead to vehicle damage an accident or person al injury Owner s responsibility NOTICE Maintenance Service and Record Retention are the owner s responsibility You should retain documents that show proper maintenance has been performed on your vehicle in accordance with the scheduled maintenance service charts shown on the following pages You need this information to establish your compli ance with the servicing and maintenance requirements of your vehicle warranties Detailed warranty information is provided in your Warranty amp Consumer Information manual Repairs and adjustments required as a result of improper maintenance or a lack of required maintenance are not covered We recommend you have your vehicle maintained and repaired by an author i
21. Place the transaxle shift lever in P Park Depress the brake pedal fully You can also start the engine when the shift lever is in the N Neutral position is in motion do not attempt to move the shift lever to the P Park posi tion If traffic and road conditions permit you may put the shift lever in the N Neutral position while the vehicle is still moving and turn the ignition switch to the START posi tion in an attempt to restart the engine tl Driving your vehicle OTF050007 Starting the engine with a smart key if equipped 1 Carry the smart key or leave it inside the vehicle Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied Automatic Transaxle Place the transaxle shift lever in P Park Depress the brake pedal fully Press the ENGINE START STOP but ton while depressing the brake pedal In extremely cold weather below 18 C 0 F or after the vehicle has not been operated for several days let the engine warm up without depress ing the accelerator Even if the smart key is in the vehicle if it is far away from you the engine may not start When the ENGINE START STOP but ton is in the ACC position or above if any door is opened the system checks for the smart key If the smart key is not in the vehicle the warning Key is not in vehicle will illuminate on the LCD display And if all doors are closed the chime will sound for 5 seconds The indicator or warning will turn off whil
22. Press button Say the following command Call lt John gt Connects the call to John Call lt John gt on lt Mobile gt Connects the call to John s mobile phone number Call lt John gt at lt Home gt Connects the call to john s home number Call lt John gt in lt Office gt Connects the call to John s office number Note Calls can be immediately connected to contacts who name or voice tag are saved in the phonebook or contacts e Calling by Name A phone call can be made by speaking names registered in the audio system Press button Say Call Say By name when prompted Say desired name in Phonebook or voice tag Say desired location phone number type Only stored locations can be selected Say Yes to confirm and make a call Features of your vehicle Tip A shortcut to each of the following func tions is available 1 Say Call Name e Dialing by Number A phone call can be made by dialing the spoken numbers The system can recog nize single digits from zero to nine Press button Say Call Say By number when prompted Say desired phone numbers Say Dial to complete the number and make a call Tip A shortcut to each of the following func tions is available Say Dial Number Say Dial lt digit gt m Phone Book In Vehicle e Adding entry by voice Phone numbers and voic
23. This is a normal system operation characteristic e Operating the air conditioning system in the recirculated air position provides maximum cooling however continual operation in this mode may cause the air inside the vehicle to become stale During cooling operation you may occasionally notice a misty air flow because of rapid cooling and humid air intake This is a normal system opera tion characteristic Features of your vehicle Outside air Recirculated Blower Climate control Heater core ieee Evaporator air filter Sole 0MG075033 Climate control air filter The climate control air filter installed behind the glove box filters the dust or other pollutants that come into the vehi cle from the outside through the heating and air conditioning system If dust or other pollutants accumulate in the filter over a period of time the air flow from the air vents may decrease resulting in moisture accumulation on the inside of the windshield even when the outside fresh air position is selected If this hap pens have the climate control air filter replaced by an authorized Kia dealer NOTICE e Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule If the vehicle is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty rough roads more frequent climate control air fil ter inspections and changes are required When the air flow rate suddenly decreases the system should be checked at an author
24. asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction perform ance Temperature A B amp C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled condi tions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the labora tory test wheel than the minimum required by law Maintenance Eee Tire terminology and definitions Air Pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on the tire Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch psi or kilo pascal kPa Accessory Weight This means the combined weight of optional acces sories Some examples of optional accessories are automatic transaxle power seats and air con ditioning Aspect Ratio The relationship of a tire s height to its width Belt A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline
25. e Always drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap por tion of the seat belt snug and low across the hips This is the best position to protect you in case of an accident In order to avoid unnecessary and perhaps severe air bag injuries always sit as far back as possible from the steering wheel while maintaining comfortable control of the vehicle It is recom mended that your chest is at least 250 mm 10 inches away from the steering wheel WARNING After adjusting the seat always check that it is securely locked into place by attempting to move the seat forward or reverse without using the lock release lever Sudden or unexpected movement of the driver s seat could cause you to lose control of the vehicle result ing in an accident WARNING e Do not adjust the seat while wear ing seat belts Moving the seat cushion forward may cause strong pressure on the abdomen Use extreme caution so that hands or other objects are not caught in the seat mechanisms while the seat is moving Do not put a cigarette lighter on the floor or seat When you oper ate the seat gas may gush out of the lighter and cause fire OTF030002 Front seat adjustment Forward and backward To move the seat forward or backward 1 Pull the seat slide adjustment lever up and hold it 2 Slide the seat to the position you desire 3 Release the lever and make sure the seat is locked in place Adjust the seat before drivi
26. fast as the vehicle If you have to stop or turn quickly or if there is a crash the items will keep going and can cause an injury if they strike the driv er or a passenger __ lt Driving your vehicle A CAUTION e Overloading your vehicle may cause damage Repairs would not be covered by your warran ty Do not overload your vehicle Using heavier suspension com ponents to get added durability might not change your weight ratings Ask your dealer to help you load your vehicle the right way Driving your vehicle VEHICLE WEIGHT This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle and or trailer to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability with or without a trailer Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of the vehicle design performance Before loading your vehicle familiarize yourself with the fol lowing terms for determining your vehi cle s weight ratings with or without a trailer from the vehicle s specifications and the compliance label Base curb weight This is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equip ment It does not include passengers cargo or optional equipment Vehicle curb weight This is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your dealer plus any aftermarket equipment Cargo weight This
27. into the Flash to Pass position Features of your vehicle Engine oil pressure warning light ne This warning light indicates the engine oil pressure is low If the warning light illuminates while driv ing 1 Drive safely to the side of the road and stop 2 With the engine off check the engine oil level If the level is low add oil as required If the warning light remains on after adding oil or if oil is not available call an authorized Kia dealer S CAUTION If the engine is not stopped imme diately after the engine oil pressure warning light is illuminated severe damage could result A CAUTION If the oil pressure warning light stays on while the engine is run ning serious engine damage may result The oil pressure warning light comes on whenever there is insufficient oil pressure In normal operation it should come on when the ignition switch is turned on then go out when the engine is started If the oil pressure warning light stays on while the engine is running there is a serious malfunc tion If this happens stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so turn off the engine and check the oil level If the oil level is low fill the engine oil to the proper level and start the engine again If the light stays on with the engine running turn the engine off immediately In any instance where the oil light stays on when the engine is running the engine should be checked by an author
28. lever in the P Park position NOTICE If you press the ENGINE START STOP button without depressing the brake pedal for automatic transaxle vehicles the engine will not start and the ENGINE START STOP button changes as follow OFF ACC gt ON gt OFF or ACC Driving your vehicle NOTICE If you leave the ENGINE START STOP button in the ACC or ON position for a long time the battery will discharge Driving your vehicle STARTING THE ENGINE Starting the engine with an igni tion key if equipped 3 Turn the ignition switch to START and hold it there until the engine starts a maximum of 10 seconds then release the key 4 In extremely cold weather below O F 18 C or after the vehicle has not been operated for several days let the engine warm up without depress ing the accelerator Whether the engine is cold or warm it should be started without depressing the accelerator 4 CAUTION Do not engage the starter for more than 10 seconds If the engine stalls or fails to start wait 5 to 10 seconds before re engaging the starter Improper use of the starter may damage it 1 Make sure the parking brake is applied 2 Manual Transaxle Depress the 4 CAUTION If the engine stalls while the vehicle clutch pedal fully and shift the transaxle into Neutral Keep the clutch pedal and brake pedal depressed while turning the ignition switch to the start position Automatic Transaxle
29. of the rear bumper Buzzer sounds continuously el Features of your vehicle Non operational conditions of rear parking assist system The rear parking assist system may not operate properly when 1 Moisture is frozen to the sensor It will operate normally when the moisture has been cleared 2 The sensor is covered with foreign matter such as snow or water or the sensor cover is blocked It will operate normally when the material is removed or the sensor is no longer blocked 3 Driving on uneven road surfaces unpaved roads gravel bumps gradi ent 4 Objects generating excessive noise vehicle horns loud motorcycle engines or truck air brakes are within range of the sensor 5 Heavy rain or water spray exists 6 Wireless transmitters or mobile phones are within range of the sensor 7 The sensor is covered with snow 8 Trailer towing The detecting range may decrease when 1 The sensor is stained with foreign mat ter such as snow or water The sens ing range will return to normal when removed 2 Outside air temperature is extremely hot or cold The following objects may not be rec ognized by the sensor 1 Sharp or slim objects such as ropes chains or small poles 2 Objects which tend to absorb the sen sor frequency such as clothes spongy material or snow 3 Undetectable objects smaller than 1 m 40 in in height and narrower than 14 cm 6 in in diameter Rear parkin
30. release button 1 of the locking buckle When it is released the belt should auto matically draw back into the retractor If this does not happen check the belt to be sure it is not twisted then try again OMG035300 Pre tensioner seat belt Your vehicle is equipped with driver s and front passenger s pre tensioner seat belts The purpose of the pre tensioner is to make sure that the seat belts fit tightly against the occupant s body in certain frontal collisions or side collisions The pre tensioner seat belts may be activated in crashes where the frontal collision is severe enough Safety features of your vehicle When the vehicle stops suddenly or if the occupant tries to lean forward too quickly the seat belt retractor will lock into position In certain frontal collisions the pre tensioner will activate and pull the seat belt into tighter contact against the occupant s body If the system senses excessive seat belt tension on the driver or passenger s seat belt when the pre tensioner activates the load limiter inside the pre tensioner will release some of the pressure on the i affected seat belt OTF030050N The seat belt pre tensioner system con sists mainly of the following components Their locations are shown in the illustra tion 1 SRS air bag warning light 2 Retractor pre tensioner assembly 3 Anchor pre tensioner assembly 4 SRS control module Safety features of your vehicle NOTICE
31. responses when a vehicle is driving ona slippery road or a vehicle detected changes in coefficient of friction between right wheels and left wheels when brak ing VSM operation When the VSM is in operation ESC indi cator light amp blinks When the vehicle stability management is operating properly you can feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle and or abnormal steering responses EPS This is only the effect of brake and EPS control and indicates nothing unusual The VSM does not operate when Driving on bank road such as gradient or incline Driving rearward ESC OFF indicator light 2 remains on the instrument cluster e EPS indicator light remains on the instrument cluster VSM operation off If you press the ESC OFF button to turn off the ESC the VSM will also cancel and the ESC OFF indicator light 2 illumi nates To turn on the VSM press the button again The ESC OFF indicator light goes out Malfunction indicator The VSM can be deactivated even if you don t cancel the VSM operation by press ing the ESC OFF button It indicates that a malfunction has been detected some where in the Electric Power Steering sys tem or VSM system If the ESC indicator light or EPS warning light remains on take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked NOTICE e The VSM is designed to function above approximately 15 km h 9 mph on curves The VSM is designed to fun
32. the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator will turn off and the front pas senger s air bag will be able to inflate if necessary in frontal crashes You will find the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator on the center facia panel This system detects the conditions 1 4 in the following table and activates or deactivates the front passenger air bag based on these conditions Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly sitting upright with the seat in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with the person s legs comfort ably extended feet on the floor and wearing the safety belt properly for the most effective protection by the air bag and the safety belt e The ODS Occupant Detection System may not function properly if the passen ger takes actions which can defeat the detection system These include 1 Failing to sit in an upright position 2 Leaning against the door or center console 3 Sitting towards the sides or the front of the seat 4 Putting legs on the dashboard or rest ing them on other locations which reduce the passenger weight on the front seat 5 Improperly wearing the safety belt 6 Reclining the seat back dn i i Safety features of your vehicle Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant detection system Indicator Warning light Condition detected by the occupant PASSENGER AIR detection system BAG OFF
33. you should immedi ately take the vehicle and key to your authorized Kia dealer to protect it from potential theft The smart key will not work if any of following occurs The smart key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the smart key The smart key near a mobile two way radio system or a cellular phone Another vehicle s smart key is being operated close to your vehicle When the smart key does not work correctly open and close the door with the mechanical key If you have a problem with the smart key contact an authorized Kia dealer J CAUTION Keep the smart key away from water or any liquid If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to exposure to water or liquids it will not be covered by your manufactur er s vehicle warranty This device complies with Industry Canada Standard RSS 210 Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation Features of your vehicle REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY IF EQUIPPED m Type A cy 2 ONF048011 OTF040002 Remote keyless entry system operations Lock 1 All doors are locked if the lock button is pressed If all doors and trunk are closed the hazard warning lights will blink once to
34. 3 Lift it off the arm 4 Install the blade assembly in the reverse order of removal Maintenance 0ED070113 0ED070114 2 Open the cover of the blade 4 Install the blade assembly until it clicks 3 Compress the clip behind the wiper into place arm and lift it off the arm 5 Close the cover of blade 6 Place back the wiper arm to the prop er position Maintenance BATTERY _ L ur a gt P Ji a x wai n s s la a a Z5 ma OTF070016 For best battery service e Keep the battery securely mounted e Keep the battery top clean and dry e Keep the terminals and connections clean tight and coated with petroleum jelly or terminal grease e Rinse any spilled electrolyte from the battery immediately with a solution of water and baking soda e If the vehicle is not going to be used for an extended time disconnect the bat tery cables d WARNING Battery dangers Always read the following instructions carefully when handling a battery Keep lighted cigarettes and all other flames or sparks away from the battery Hydrogen a highly com bustible gas is always present in battery cells and may explode if ignited Keep batteries out of the reach of children because batteries contain highly corrosive SULFURIC ACID Do not allow battery acid to contact your skin eyes clothing or paint finish Continued Continued If any electrolyte gets i
35. 36 Tilt steering II 4 37 Steering wheel audio control uiiririvienioni 4 121 e Storage compartment oe 4 113 Center console Storage 4 113 Coe lola 4 113 Colorare 4 114 Sunglass holder 4 114 Sunroof see panorama sunroof iii 4 30 mirare 4 116 PT O AT iC HATE O N N O 4 49 Tether anchor SYSTEM iii 3 36 Theft alarm SYSTEM cei 4 10 Tilt steering LARIAR REITERATE RI ETTI AIR 4 37 Tire specification and pressure label 00000 8 7 liesandiveeiaciaia 7 31 Checking tire inflation pressure iii 1530 Compact spare tire replacement ana 7 36 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures e 7 31 edi 7 31 Jie inner Por Tire replacement iii 7 35 erotica 7 34 Tire sidewall labeling nuance ET Tire traction anna 7 37 Wheel alignment and tire balance seerste 7 35 Wheel replacement eeen a 7 36 Diede 8 3 TOWING scrivi E ivion zizzania ririicinnnionine 6 15 Trailer towingi cniiniainvioa i 5 55 Transaxle Automatic Ta Sa X 1G eernencenticonescnceretesqeneseanesemnetaneteeaeroans 5 15 Manual transaxle inni 5 12 Trip COMPULEr iii 4 51 lui 4 18 V Vehicle break in process cnuiniiiia inni oc 1 4 Vehicle certification label iii 8 6 Vehicle identification number VIN iii 8 6 Vehicle load IIi rennen iE aranna 5 50 Certification label iii 5 53 Vehicle op ome essare ana 4 57 Vehicle stability management i 5 33 Vehicle welp hierer rieseni Eaa 5 55 Base curb weight neri aS 5 55 Carso weight monica ica 5
36. Call 1st Call waiting 2nd Call waiting 2nd Call active 1st Call active s 2 3 Z Transfer call secret call VR VR VR VR SHORT MODE Cancel MODE Cancel MODE Cancel MODE Cancel Reject Call End Call End Call End Call Speaker Speaker pets Adaptation Adaptation 10sec Only English Only English Active Active Active Active KONC 10sec Before driving 5 3 Key positions 5 4 Engine start stop button 5 6 Starting the engine 5 9 Manual transaxle 5 12 Automatic transaxle 5 15 Brake system 5 23 ESC Electronic stability control 5 28 HAC Hill start assist control 5 32 VSM Vehicle stability management 5 33 Active eco system 5 36 Driving your vehicle Cruise control system 5 37 Economical operation 5 41 Special driving conditions 5 43 Winter driving 5 47 Vehicle load limit 5 50 Vehicle weight 5 55 Trailer towing 5 55 Driving your vehicle 44 WARNING ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous If at any time you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle open the win dows immediately Do not inhale exhaust fumes Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide a colorless odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxia tion e Be sure the exhaust system does not leak The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose If y
37. If this hap pens you should 6 If you cannot find the cause of the overheating wait until the engine tem perature has returned to normal Then if coolant has been lost carefully add coolant to the reservoir to bring the fluid level in the reservoir up to the halfway mark 1 Pull off the road and stop as soon as it is safe to do so 7 Proceed with caution keeping alert for 2 Place the shift lever in P automatic 5 If the water pump drive belt is broken further signs of overheating If over transaxle or neutral manual or engine coolant is leaking out stop heating happens again call an author transaxle and set the parking brake If the engine immediately and call the ized Kia dealer for assistance the air conditioning is on turn it off nearest authorized Kia dealer for 3 If engine coolant is running out under assistance A CAUTION the vehicle or steam is coming out from underneath the hood stop the engine Do not open the hood until the coolant has stopped running or the steaming has stopped If there is no visible loss of engine coolant and no steam leave the engine running and check to be sure the engine cooling fan is operating If the fan is not run ning turn the engine off 4 Check to see if the water pump drive belt is missing If it is not missing check to see that it is tight If the drive belt seems to be satisfactory check for coolant leaking from the radiator hoses or under the vehicle If t
38. Limit 1 Locate the statement The com bined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX Ibs 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and lug gage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 635 kg 1400 lbs and there will be five 68 kg 150 lbs passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 295 kg 650 Ibs 635 340 5 x 68 295 kg or 1400 750 5 x 150 650 lbs 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 If your vehicle will be towing a trail er load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle Driving your vehicle Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Vehicle l Vehicle Vehicle 2 i j Capacity oe Capacity Capacity a A B C C C190F01JM C190F02JM C190F03JM A Vehicle Capacity 385 kg A Vehicle Capacity 385 kg A Vehicle Capacity 385 kg Weight 849 Ibs Weight 849 Ibs Weight 849 Ibs Subtract Occupant 136 kg aan m 340 kg
39. R Replace Maintenance l x m MAINTENANCE ITEM operation Maintenance intervals Driving condition Engine oil and engine oil filter R Replace every 5 000 km or 3 months a A a hi Ti 5 Spark plugs R Replace more frequently B H depending on the condition SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS A Repeatedly driving shorts distanse of less than 8 km 5 miles in E Driving in sandy areas normal temperature or less than 16 km 10 miles in freezing tem F Driving in heavy traffic area over 32 C 90 F perature G Driving on uphill downhill or mountain road B Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances H Towing a Trailer or using a camper or roof rack C Driving on rough dusty muddy unpaved graveled or salt spread Driving as a patrol car taxi other commercial use or vehicle towing roads J Frequently driving in stop and go conditions D Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather Maintenance a _r _ rPrP rrr_r_r EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS Engine oil and filter The engine oil and filter should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule If the car is being driven in severe conditions more fre quent oil and filter changes are required Drive belts Inspect all drive belts for evidence of cuts cracks excessive wear or oil satu ration and replace if necessary Drive belts should be checked periodically for
40. TITLE Title Category Channel 7 PRESET Buttons Composer if available Artist Title Press GEED GEGEN butions less than 0 8 seconds to play the channel Troubleshooting saved in each button 1 Antenna Error Press GD EIJ buttons for 0 8 If this message is displayed the anten seconds or longer to save current na or antenna cable is broken or channel to the respective button with a unplugged Please consult with your beep Kia dealership Features of your vehicle A CAUTION IN USING BLUETOOTH WIRELESS TECHNOLOGY CELLU LAR PHONE Do not use a cellular phone or perform Bluetooth wireless tech nology settings e g pairing a phone while driving Some Bluetooth wireless tech nology enabled phones may not be recognized by the system or fully compatible with the system Before using Bluetooth wireless technology related features of the audio system refer your phone s User s Manual for phone side Bluetooth wireless technology operations The phone must be paired to the audio system to use Bluetooth wireless technology related fea tures You will not be able to use the hands free feature when your phone in the car is outside of the cellular service area e g in a tunnel in a underground in a mountainous area etc Continued Continued e If the cellular phone signal is poor or the vehicles interior noise is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice d
41. The ADVANCED menu may differ according to audio specifica tions Incoming Volume Bluetooth wireless technology call volume adjustments While in ADVANCED menu select In Vol Use the knob key to set the desired vol ume and press the button Features of your vehicle Contacts Sync Automatic Phonebook download setting While in ADVANCED menu select Contacts to automatically save the contacts and call history in your mobile phone each time you connect a mobile device select ON If you do not wish for automatic download select OFF It s not available to make a phone call by Bluetooth wireless technology audio sys tem while the phonebook is being down loaded Language of Bluetooth wireless technol ogy voice recognition While in ADVANCED menu press Language To change the language select the desired language and press the button Bluetooth wireless technology sys tem off While in ADVANCED menu press BT Off To turn off the Bluetooth wireless tech nology System m Voice Recognition Activation The voice recognition engine contained in the Bluetooth wireless technology System can be activated in the follow ing conditions Button Activation The voice recognition system will be active when the button is pressed and after the sound of a Beep Active Listening The voice recognition system will be active for a period of time when the Voice Recognition system has ask
42. a mountain road NOTE You may experience difficulties in receiv where is the signal blocked by moun There may be other unforeseen cir ing SIRIUS satellite radio signals in the tains cumstances leading to reception following situations problems with the SIRIUS satellite radio signal Mountains LOSS Coe gt Buildings Unobstructed area Iron bridges SATELITE2 SATELITE1 e If you are driving in an area with tall e If you are driving in a tunnel or a cov trees that block the signal 30 ft 10m ered parking area or more for example on an road that e If you are driving beneath the top level goes through a dense forest of a multi level freeway e The signal can become weak in some e f you drive under a bridge areas that are not covered by the SIR If you are driving next to a tall vehicle IUS Satellite Radio repeater network such as a truck or a bus that blocks the signal If you are driving in a valley where the surrounding hills or peaks block the signal from the satellite Features of your vehicle Using a cellular phone or a two way radio When a cellular phone is used inside the vehicle noise may be produced from the audio equipment This does not mean that something is wrong with the audio equipment In such a case use the cellu lar phone at a place as far as possible from the audio equipment 4 CAUTION When using a communication sys tem such a cellular phone or a radio set inside the vehi
43. adjust the immobilizer system because it could cause the immobilizer sys tem to malfunction and should only be serviced by an authorized Kia dealer Malfunctions caused by improper alterations adjustments or modifi cations to the immobilizer system are not covered by your vehicle manufacturer warranty This device complies with Industry Canada Standard RSS 210 Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation Limp home override procedure When you turn the ignition switch to the ON position if the immobilizer indicator goes off after blinking 5 times your transponder equipped in the ignition key is out of order You cannot start the engine without the limp home procedure To start the engine you have to input your password by using the ignition switch Your password is only available from an authorized Kia dealership Contact an authorized dealer for more information The following procedure is how to input your password of 2345 as an example 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion The immobilizer indicator ff will blink 5 times and go off indicating the beginning of the limp home proce dure 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ACC position 3 To enter the first digit in this example 2 turn the
44. and energy savings 3 If the API service SM engine oil is not available in your country you are able to use API service SL Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects Recommended SAE viscosity Engine oil viscosity thickness has an When choosing an oil consider the range number effect on fuel economy and cold weather of temperature your vehicle will be oper operating engine start and engine oil ated in before the next oil change A CAUTION flowability Lower viscosity engine oils Proceed to select the recommended oil can provide better fuel economy and cold i i Always be sure to clean the area un performance ii higher SESSI Renn Tenet around any filler plug drain plug or viscosity engine oils are required for sat dipstick before checking or drain isfactory lubrication in hot weather Using ing any lubricant This is especially _ oils of any viscosity other than those rec important in dusty or sandy areas ommended could result in engine dam and when the vehicle is used on age unpaved roads Cleaning the plug and dipstick areas will prevent dirt Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers 30 20 O 10 20 30 40 50 and grit from entering the engine C 5 10 T and other mechanisms that could emperature F 40 0 50 40 60 380 100 120 be damaged Endine Ol ngine Oi E O 7 2 0 TGDI 5W 30 5W 40 Engine Oil 2 4 GDI For better fuel economy it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosi
45. be dam aged if the switch is set in the AUTO mode while washing the vehicle Do not remove the sensor cover located on the upper end of the pas senger side windshield glass Damage to system parts could occur and may not be covered by your vehicle warranty When starting the vehicle in winter set the wiper switch in the OFF position Otherwise wipers may operate and ice may damage the windshield wiper blades Always remove all snow and ice and defrost the windshield properly prior to operating the windshield wipers Features of your vehicle A CAUTION A CAUTION To prevent possible damage to the e To prevent possible damage to washer pump do not operate the the wipers or windshield do not washer when the fluid reservoir is operate the wipers when the empty windshield is dry To prevent damage to the wiper blades do not use gasoline kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or near them To prevent damage to the wiper arms and other components do not attempt to move the wipers manually OYF049101 Windshield washers In the OFF position pull the lever gently toward you to spray washer fluid on the windshield and to run the wipers 1 3 cycles Use this function when the windshield is dirty The spray and wiper operation will con tinue until you release the lever If the washer does not work check the washer fluid level If the fluid level is not sufficient you will need to add appropri ate no
46. belt Two people including children should never attempt to use a single seat belt This could increase the severity of injuries in case of an accident Do not lie down To reduce the chance of injuries in the event of an accident and to achieve maxi mum effectiveness of the restraint system all passengers should be sitting up and the front seats should be in an upright position when the vehicle is moving A seat belt cannot provide proper protection if the person is lying down in the rear seat or if the front seat is in a reclined position kt i Safety features of your vehicle Care of seat belts Seat belt systems should never be disas sembled or modified In addition care should be taken to assure that seat belts and belt hardware are not damaged by seat hinges doors or other abuse Periodic inspection All seat belts should be inspected peri odically for wear or damage of any kind Any damaged parts should be replaced as soon as possible Keep belts clean and dry Seat belts should be kept clean and dry If belts become dirty they can be cleaned by using a mild soap solution and warm water Bleach dye strong detergents or abrasives should not be used because they may damage and weaken the fabric When to replace seat belts The entire in use seat belt assembly or assemblies should be replaced if the vehicle has been involved in an accident This should be done even if no damage is visible Additional
47. can increase fuel consumption and also increase wear on these components In addition driving with your foot rest ing on the brake pedal may cause the brakes to overheat which reduces their effectiveness and may lead to more serious consequences Take care of your tires Keep them inflated to the recommended pressure Incorrect inflation either too much or too little results in unnecessary tire wear Check the tire pressures at least once a month Be sure that the wheels are aligned correctly Improper alignment can result from hitting curbs or driving too fast over irregular surfaces Poor align ment causes faster tire wear and may also result in other problems as well as greater fuel consumption Keep your vehicle in good condition For better fuel economy and reduced maintenance costs maintain your vehi cle in accordance with the mainte nance schedule in section 7 If you drive your vehicle in severe conditions more frequent maintenance is required see section 7 for details Keep your vehicle clean For maximum service your vehicle should be kept clean and free of corrosive materials It is especially important that mud dirt ice etc not be allowed to accumulate on the underside of the vehicle This extra weight can result in increased fuel consumption and also contribute to corrosion Travel lightly Don t carry unnecessary weight in your vehicle Weight reduces fuel economy Don t let the engine idle longer
48. clutch pedal to start engine E Type A E lype B Press clutch pedal to start engine LT Wik i Press clutch pedal to start engine OTF040090N If the ENGINE START STOP button is pressed without Depressing the clutch pedal the warning illuminates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds to indicate that you should depress The clutch pedal to start the engine Check stop lamp fuse E Type A E Type B OTF040091N When the stop lamp fuse is disconnect ed the warning illuminates for 10 sec onds on the LCD display Replace the fuse with a new one If that is not possible you can start the engine by pressing the ENGINE START STOP button for 10 seconds with the ENGINE START STOP button in ACC Features of your vehicle Align steering wheel eae Align steering wheel OTF040092N If you start the engine when the steering wheel is turned 90 degrees to the left after a couple of seconds Align steering wheel illuminates on the LCD display for 5 seconds Turn the steering wheel to the right and make it turned to the left less than 30 degrees Align steering wheel Align steering wheel OTF040093N If you start the engine when the steering wheel is turned 90 degrees to the right after a couple of seconds Align steering wheel illuminates on the LCD display for 5 seconds Turn the steering wheel to the left and make it turned to the right less than 30 degrees Align steeri
49. control ON OFF button is pushed again For more Information refer to Cruise control system in section 5 Cruise SET indicator SET The indicator illuminates when the cruise function switch SET or RES is ON The cruise SET indicator in the instru ment cluster illuminates when the cruise control switch SET or RES is pushed The cruise SET indicator does not illumi nate when the cruise control switch CANCEL is pushed or the system is disengaged Key reminder warning chime Without smart key If the driver s door is opened while the ignition key is left in the ignition switch ACC or LOCK position the key reminder warning chime will sound This helps prevent you from locking your keys in the vehicle The chime sounds until the key is removed from the ignition switch or the driver s door is closed With smart key If the driver s door is opened while the smart key is in the vehicle with the engine start stop button in ACC or the smart key is in the smart key holder with the engine start stop button in OFF the key reminder warning chime will sound The chime sounds until the smart key is removed from the smart key holder or the driver s door is closed Features of your vehicle Electric power steering EPS system warning light if equipped EPS This warning light illuminates after the ignition key is turned to the ON position and then it will go off when the engine starts This light also comes
50. d engine coolant tempera pi ture refrigerant pres sure and vehicle speed lt may sometimes operate even when the engine is not running Use extreme caution when working near the blades of the cooling fan so that you are not injured by a rotating fan blades As the engine coolant temperature decreases the electric motor will automatically shut off This is a normal condition If your vehicle is equipped with GDI the electric motor cooling fan may operate untill you disconnect the negative battery cable Maintenance If the coolant level is low add enough For mixture percentage refer to the fol distilled deionizer water to provide pro lowing table tection against freezing and corrosion Bring the level to F MAX but do not overfill If frequent coolant addition is ini Mixture Percentage volume required see an authorized Kia dealer INDICHI for a cooling system inspection Temperature Antifreeze Recommended engine coolant 15 5 e Use only soft distilled water in the 25 139F coolant mixture The engine in your vehicle has alu minum engine parts and must be pro 45C i oe tected by an ethylene glycol based coolant to prevent corrosion and freez ing DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol Check the sonditicn and connections of all cooling system hoses and heater hoses Replace any swollen or deterio rated hoses The coolant level should be filled ne between F MAX and L MIN marks on coo
51. door openers entry door locks security sys tems even home lighting Both standard and rolling code equipped transmitters can be programmed by following the out lined procedures Additional HomeLink information can be found at www home link com or by calling 1 800 355 3515 4 CAUTION Before programming HomeLink to a garage door opener or gate oper ator make sure that people and objects are out of the way of the device to prevent potential harm or damage Do not use HomeLink with any garage door opener that lacks the safety stop and reverse features required by U S federal safety standards this includes any garage door opener model manu factured before April 1 1982 A garage door that cannot detect an object signaling the door to stop and reverse does not meet current U S federal safety standards Using a garage door opener without these features increases the risk of seri ous injury or death Retain the original transmitter of the RF device you are programming for use in other vehicles as well as for future HomeLink programming Itis also sug gested that upon the sale of the vehicle the programmed HomeLink buttons be erased for security purposes Features of your vehicle Programming HomeLink ae NOTICE When programming a garage door opener it is advised to park the vehi cle outside of the garage It is recommended that a new battery be placed in the hand held transmit ter of the d
52. feature and to listen to the currently selected channel 5 WUS Button When the button is pressed stops sound and Audio Mute is displayed on LCD 1 2 3 5 TF_USA_RADIO 6 PRESET Buttons Press SEHD EJE buttons less than 0 8 seconds to play the station saved in each button AUX INFO 7 ais 3 4 5 6 f NA n TUNE x fl CAT 9 J scan mute v pSiber I j TF USA RADIO e Press GB EJE button more than 0 8 seconds or longer to save the current station to the respective button with a beep 7 Battle Button Press this button to enter SETUP mode If no action is taken for 8 seconds it will return to previous mode In SETUP mode rotate the TUNE knob to move the cursor between items and push the TUNE knob to select Features of your vehicle SCROLL Select whether long file names are scrolled continuously On or just once Off SDVC Speed Dependent Volume Control Select this item to turn the SDVC feature On or Off If it is turned ON volume level is adjusted automatically according to the vehicle speed e MEDIA Select default display of MP3 play infor mation Folder File or Artist Title can be selected e SAT Select default display of SIRIUS Satellite Radio mode Cat Ch or Artist Title can be selected PHONE Select this item to enter BLUETOOTH Wireless Technology setup mode Refer to BLUETO
53. figure includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight including cargo and optional equipment GAW Gross axle weight This is the total weight placed on each axle front and rear including vehicle curb weight and all payload GAWR Gross axle weight rating This is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear These numbers are shown on the compliance label The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR GVW Gross vehicle weight This is the Base Curb Weight plus actual Cargo Weight plus passengers GVWR Gross vehicle weight rating This is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle including all options equipment passengers and cargo The GVWR is shown on the cer tification label located on the drivers door sill TRAILER TOWING We do not recommend using this vehicle for trailer towing Road warning 6 2 In case of an emergency while driving 6 2 If the engine will not start 6 3 Emergency starting 6 4 If the engine overheats 6 6 If you have a flat tire 6 7 Towing 6 15 What to do in an emergency It should be used whenever emergency repairs are being made or when the vehi cle is stopped near the edge of a road Way Depress the flasher switch with the igni tion switch in any position The flasher switch is located in the center console switch panel All turn signal lights will flash simultaneously e The hazard
54. formance Wet brakes may impair the vehi cle s ability to sefely slow down the vehicle may also pull to one side when the brakes are applied Applying the brakes lightly will indicate whether they have been affected in this way Always test your brakes in this fashion after driving through deep water To dry the brakes apply them lightly while maintaining a safe forward speed until brake performance returns to normal Always confirm the position of the brake and accelerator pedal before driving If you don t check the position of the accelerator and brake pedal before driving you may depress the accelerator instead of the brake pedal It may cause a serious accident In the event of brake failure If service brakes fail to operate while the vehicle is in motion you can make an emergency stop with the parking brake The stopping distance however will be much greater than normal d WARNING Parking brake Applying the parking brake while the vehicle is moving at normal speeds can cause a sudden loss of control of the vehicle If you must use the parking brake to stop the vehicle use great caution in apply ing the brake Driving your vehicle Disc brakes wear indicator Your vehicle has disc brakes When your brake pads are worn and new pads are required you will hear a high pitched warning sound from your front brakes or rear brakes You may hear this sound come and go or it may occur ous PUSH wh
55. garage dry Don t park your vehicle in a damp poorly ventilated garage This creates a favor able environment for corrosion This is particularly true if you wash your vehicle in the garage or drive it into the garage when it is still wet or covered with snow ice or mud Even a heated garage can contribute to corrosion unless it is well ventilated so moisture is dispersed Keep paint and trim in good condition Scratches or chips in the finish should be covered with touch up paint as soon as possible to reduce the possibility of cor rosion If bare metal is showing through the attention of a qualified body and paint shop is recommended Bird droppings Bird droppings are high ly corrosive and may damage painted Surfaces in just a few hours Always remove bird droppings as soon as possi ble Don t neglect the interior Moisture can collect under the floor mats and carpeting and cause corrosion Check under the mats periodically to be sure the carpeting is dry Use particular care if you carry fertilizers cleaning materials or chemicals in the car These should be carried only in proper containers and any spills or leaks should be cleaned up flushed with clean water and thoroughly dried Maintenance nnn TT Interior care Interior general precautions Prevent caustic solutions such as per fume and cosmetic oil from contacting the dashboard because they may cause damage or discoloration If they do con tact the
56. ignition switch to the ON and ACC position twice Perform the same procedure for the next digits between 3 seconds and 10 seconds for example for 3 turn the ignition ON and ACC 3 times 4 If all of the digits have been input suc cessfully you have to start the engine within 30 seconds If you attempt to start the engine after 30 seconds the engine will not start and you will have to input your password again After performing the limp home proce dure you have to see an authorized Kia dealer immediately to inspect and repair your ignition key or immobilizer system Features of your vehicle SMART KEY IF EQUIPPED OTF040003 With a smart key you can lock or unlock a door and even start the engine without inserting the key The functions of the buttons on a smart key are similar to the remote keyless entry Refer to the Remote keyless entry in this section Smart key functions Carrying the smart key you may lock and unlock the vehicle doors Also you may start the engine Refer to the following for more details OTF040008 Locking Pressing the button of the front outside door handles with all doors closed and any door unlocked locks all the doors The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound once to indicate that all doors are locked The button will only operate when the smart key is within 0 7 1 m 28 40 in from the outside door handle If you want to make sure th
57. ila Swan tcentan sates ca sehennntsbauemenemedauntoatmcassatonseics 5 23 Hill start assist control HAC iii 5 32 Vehicle stability management iii 5 33 Brakesicluteh flnids ica 7 20 Bulb Wattage iii 8 2 Button start stop see engine start stop button 5 6 Capacities Lubricants HRS TARGATO AIAR AIAR 8 4 Care Eilat 7 56 lflien Siickii eo ee 7 61 aura 153 O ni iii 5 55 Center console Storage iii 4 113 Central door lock switch 4 15 Cerato Abel rinata aiar 8 6 Changing tires sscrini iraniani 6 8 Checking tire inflation pressure 733 Child restraint SYSTEM cei 3 31 Passenger erat ee eer 3 34 Tether anchor SYSTEM eee 3 36 Lower anchor System iii 3 37 Child protector rear door lock miiniiniiminion 4 17 Climate control air filter 00 0000 00 4 100 7 24 Clock Digital eco ionici ici 4 118 Clothes hanger ascniiniiiienianiai zi 4 119 Combined instrument see instrument cluster 4 48 Compact spare Hire 6 13 Compact spare tire replacement dirai 7 36 Compass mirror see the Electric chromic mirror ECM with homeLink system and COMPassi ttt Colbie 4 114 Index Politi aiar 7 17 Cooling fluid see engine coolant iii 717 Crankcase emission control system 7 62 Cruise control SYSTEM iii 5 37 Cup holder sincronia zaia 4 116 Curtain air bags 3 58 D e I Dashboard illumination see instrument panel MERE e OO E 4 49 Dashboard see instrument cluster 4 48 Defogging Windshield cirie nio 4 109 Defogging lo
58. indicate that all doors and trunk are locked Also if the lock button is pressed once more within 4 seconds the hazard warn ing lights will blink and the chime will sound once to confirm that the door is locked However if any door remains open the hazard warning lights and or the chime will not operate But if all doors are closed after the lock button is pressed the hazard warning lights will blink once Unlock 2 The driver s door is unlocked if the unlock button is pressed once The hazard warning lights will blink for smart key the chime also sounds twice to indicate that the driver s door is unlocked All doors are unlocked if the unlock but ton is pressed once more within 4 sec onds The hazard warning lights will blink for smart key the chime also sounds twice again to indicate that all doors are unlocked After pressing this button the doors will lock automatically unless you open any door within 30 seconds Trunk open 3 if equipped The trunk is opened if the button is pressed for more than 1 second Once the trunk is opened and then closed the trunk will lock automatically Alarm 4 if equipped The horn sounds and the hazard warning lights blink for about 30 seconds if this button is pressed for more than 0 5 sec onds To stop the horn and lights press any button on the transmitter dn i o i i i n Features of your vehicle Precautions NOTICE The transmitter or smart ke
59. injuries in a severe collision and is thus a necessary part of air bag design However air bag inflation can also cause injuries which can include facial abrasions bruises and broken bones because the inflation speed also caus es the air bags to expand with a great deal of force There are even circumstances under which contact with the steer ing wheel air bag can cause fatal injuries especially if the occupant is positioned excessively close to the steering wheel Safety features of your vehicle Noise and smoke When the air bags inflate they make a loud noise and they leave smoke and powder in the air inside of the vehicle This is normal and is a result of the igni tion of the air bag inflator After the air bag inflates you may feel substantial dis comfort in breathing due to the contact of your chest to both the seat belt and the air bag as well as from breathing the smoke and powder Open your doors and or windows as soon as possible after the impact in order to reduce dis comfort and prevent prolonged expo sure to smoke and powder Though smoke and powder are non toxic it may cause irritation to the skin eyes nose and throat etc If this is the case wash and rinse with the cold water immediately and consult the doctor if the symptom persists US Va 4 A 1JBH3051 Installing a child restraint on a front passenger s seat is forbidden Never place a rear facing child restraint in the fr
60. not bleach or re dye the webbing because this may weaken it Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehi cle become fogged that is covered with an oily greasy or waxy film they should be cleaned with glass cleaner Follow the directions on the glass cleaner container 4 CAUTION Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the rear window This may result in damage to the rear window defroster grid Maintenance ee tziirl_ 1 ___ _ p 111111111111__ _LRhZLTMWI _ EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM The emission control system of your vehicle is covered by a written limited warranty Please see the warranty infor mation contained in the Warranty amp Maintenance booklet in your vehicle Your vehicle is equipped with an emis sion control system to meet all applicable emission regulations There are three emission control sys tems as follows 1 Crankcase emission control system 2 Evaporative emission control system 3 Exhaust emission control system In order to assure the proper function of the emission control systems it is rec ommended that you have your vehicle inspected and maintained by an author ized Kia dealer in accordance with the maintenance schedule in this manual Caution for the Inspection and Maintenance Test With Electronic Stability Control ESC system e To prevent the vehicle from misfir ing during dynamometer testing
61. poles 3 into the holes while press ing the release button 1 Then adjust it to the appropriate height Seat warmer if equipped The seat warmer is provided to warm the rear seats during cold weather With the ignition switch in the ON position push either of the switches to warm the seat During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat warmer is not needed keep the switches in the OFF position NOTICE With the seat warmer switch in the ON position the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature Safety features of your vehicle 4 CAUTION When cleaning the seats do not use an organic solvent such as thinner benzene alcohol and gasoline Doing so may damage the surface of the heater or seats To prevent overheating the seat warmer do not place anything on the seats that insulates against heat such as blankets cushions or seat covers while the seat warmer is in operation Do not place heavy or sharp objects on seats equipped with seat warmers Damage to the seat warming components could occur OTF030023N Armrest To use the armrest pull it forward from the seatback Safety features of your vehicle SEAT BELTS Seat belt restraint system WARNING e For maximum restraint system protection the seat belts must always be used whenever the vehicle is moving Seat belts are most effective when seatbacks are in t
62. proper tension and adjusted as neces Sary Fuel filter A clogged filter can limit the speed at which the vehicle may be driven damage the emission system and cause multiple issues such as hard starting If an exces sive amount of foreign matter accumu lates in the fuel tank the filter may require replacement more frequently After installing a new filter run the engine for several minutes and check for leaks at the connections Fuel filters should be installed by an authorized Kia dealer Fuel lines fuel hoses and con nections Check the fuel lines fuel hoses and con nections for leakage and damage Have an authorized Kia dealer replace any damaged or leaking parts immediately Vapor hose and fuel filler cap The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should be inspected at those intervals specified in the maintenance schedule Make sure that a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap is correctly replaced Vacuum crankcase ventilation hoses Inspect the surface of hoses for evidence of heat and or mechanical damage Hard and brittle rubber cracking tears cuts abrasions and excessive swelling indi cate deterioration Particular attention should be paid to examine those hose surfaces nearest to high heat sources such as the exhaust manifold Inspect the hose routing to assure that the hoses do not come in contact with any heat source sharp edges or moving component which might cause heat dam age or mechanical wear I
63. remain on for approximately 20 minutes after the ignition key is removed or turned to the ACC or LOCK position However if the driver s door is opened and closed the headlights are turned off after 30 sec onds The headlights can be turned off by pressing the lock button on the transmit ter or smart key twice or turning off the light switch from the headlight or Auto light position 4 CAUTION If the driver gets out of the vehicle through other doors except dri ver s door the battery saver func tion does not operate and the head light escort function does not turn off automatically Therefore It caus es the battery to be discharged In this case make sure to turn off the lamp before getting out of the vehi cle Headlight leveling device if equipped Automatic type It is automatically adjusted the headlight beam level according to the number of the passengers and the loading weight in the luggage area And it offers the proper headlight beam under the various conditions Features of your vehicle Daytime running light Daytime Running Lights DRL can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day DRL can be help ful in many different driving conditions and it is especially helpful after dawn and before sunset The DRL system turns OFF when 1 The headlight are ON 2 The parking brake is applied 3 Engine stops OBK049045 OAM049041 Lighting control Pa
64. ride situation because deceleration forces that are detected by sensors may be signifi cantly reduced by such under ride collisions 1JBA3522 Air bags may not inflate in rollover acci dents because air bag deployment would not provide protection to the occupants However if equipped with side impact or curtain air bags the air bag s may inflate when the vehicle is rolled over by a side impact collision e Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle collides with objects such as utility poles or trees where the point of impact is concentrated to one area and the full force of the impact is not deliv ered to the sensors Safety features of your vehicle SRS Care Continued The SRS is virtually maintenance free WARNING and so there are no parts you can safely service by yourself If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate or con tinuously remains on have your vehicle immediately inspected by an authorized Kia dealer Any work on the SRS system such as removing installing repairing or any work on the steering wheel must be per formed by an authorized Kia dealer Improper handling of the SRS system may result in serious personal injury e Modification to SRS components or wiring including the addition of any kind of badges to the pad covers or modifications to the body structure can adversely affect SRS performance and lead to possible injury For cleaning the air bag pad cov er
65. shift lever in the D position The paddle shifter can operate when the vehicle speed is more than 10km h Pull the or paddle shifter once to shift up or down one gear and the system changes from automatic mode to manual mode If the vehicle speed is lower than 10km h if you depress the accelerator pedal for more than 7 seconds or if you shift the shift lever from D to sport mode and shift it from sport mode to D again the system will change from manual mode to auto matic mode With the shift lever in the sport mode Pull the or paddle shifter once to shift up or down one gear NOTICE If you pull the and paddle shifters at the same time you can t shift the gear Shift lock system For your safety the automatic transaxle has a shift lock system which prevents shifting the transaxle out of P Park unless the brake pedal is depressed To shift the transaxle from P Park into R Reverse 1 Depress and hold the brake pedal 2 Start the engine or turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Move the shift lever If the brake pedal is repeatedly depressed and released with the shift lever in the P Park position a chattering noise near the shift lever may be heard This is a normal condition n i i E n i n Driving your vehicle Shift lock override OTF05001 1 If the shift lever cannot be moved from the P Park into R Reverse position with the brake pedal depresse
66. start To move up a steep grade from a stand ing start depress the brake pedal shift the shift lever to D Drive Select the appropriate gear depending on load weight and steepness of the grade and release the parking brake Depress the accelerator gradually while releasing the service brakes Driving your vehicle BRAKE SYSTEM Power brakes Your vehicle has power assisted brakes that adjust automatically through normal usage In the event that the power assisted brakes lose power because of a stalled engine or some other reason you can still stop your vehicle by applying greater force to the brake pedal than you nor mally would The stopping distance how ever will be longer When the engine is not running the reserve brake power is partially depleted each time the brake pedal is applied Do not pump the brake pedal when the power assist has been interrupted Pump the brake pedal only when neces sary to maintain steering control on slip pery surfaces WARNING Brakes e Do not drive with your foot rest ing on the brake pedal This will create abnormal high brake tem peratures excessive brake lining and pad wear and increased stopping distances Continued Continued e When descending a long or steep hill shift to a lower gear and avoid continuous application of the brakes Continuous brake application will cause the brakes to overheat and could result in a temporary loss of braking per
67. terminal 7 28 8 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 7 21 g Radiator CADE e E A 7 19 10 Engine oildipstick T mra eee 7 15 if equipped OTF070002 OYF071200N Seat 3 2 Seat belts 3 18 Child restraint system 3 31 Airbag advanced supplemental restraint system 3 40 Safety features of your vehicle ka Safety features of your vehicle SEAT pes oO OTF030001N Driver s seat 1 Seat adjustment forward backward 2 Seatback recliner Seat adjustment height Lumbar support Driver position memory system Seat warmer switch Headrest 3 4 5 6 7 Front passenger s seat 8 Seat adjustment forward backward 9 Seatback recliner 10 Seat warmer switch 11 Headrest Rear seat 12 Seat warmer 13 Armrest 14 Headrest 15 Seat back folding lever if equipped Safety features of your vehicle WARNING Loose objects Loose objects in the drivers foot area could interfere with the opera tion of the foot pedals possibly causing an accident Do not place anything under the front seats 44 WARNING Uprighting seat When you return the seatback to its upright position hold the seatback and return it slowly and be sure there are no other occupants around the seat If the seatback is returned without being held and controlled the back of the seat could spring forward resulting in accidental injury to a per
68. than necessary If you are waiting and not in traffic turn off your engine and restart only when you re ready to go dn i el Driving your vehicle e Remember your vehicle does not require extended warm up After the engine has started allow the engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds prior to plac ing the vehicle in gear In very cold weather however give your engine a slightly longer warm up period Don t lug or over rev the engine Lugging is driving too slowly in a very high gear resulting in engine bucking If this happens shift to a lower gear Over revving is racing the engine beyond its safe limit This can be avoid ed by shifting at the recommended speed Use your air conditioning sparingly The air conditioning system is operat ed by engine power so your fuel econ omy is reduced when you use it Open windows at high speeds can reduce fuel economy Fuel economy is less in crosswinds and headwinds To help offset some of this loss slow down when driving in these conditions Keeping a vehicle in good operating con dition is important both for economy and safety Therefore have an authorized Kia dealer perform scheduled inspections and maintenance Driving your vehicle SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS Hazardous driving conditions When hazardous driving conditions are encountered such as water snow ice mud sand or similar hazards follow these suggestions Drive cautiously and allow extra
69. the USB device In that case connect the USB device directly to the multimedia termi nal of the vehicle Continued Features of your vehicle Continued e If the USB device is divided by Continued e Please avoid using USB memory logical drives only the music files on the highest priority drive are recognized by car audio Devices such as MP3 Player Cellular phone Digital camera can be unrecognizable by standard USB I F can be unrecognizable Some non standard USB devices METAL COVER TYPE USB can be unrecognizable Some USB flash memory readers such as CF SD microSD etc or external HDD type devices can be unrecognizable Music files protected by DRM DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGEMENT are not recognizable The data in the USB memory may be lost while using this audio Always back up important data on a personal storage device Continued products which can be used as key chains or cellular phone accessories as they could cause damage to the USB jack Please make certain only to use plug type connector products as shown below it atti BREE NE MIE EEA AE Features of your vehicle TF_USA_USB Using USB device 1 Button USB or AUX If the auxiliary device is connected it switches to AUX or USB mode to play the sound from the auxiliary player If there is no auxiliary device then the message No Media will become dis played on the LCD for 3 seconds and returns to previous mode
70. the daylight here Ideally corners should always be taken are some important tips to remember under gentle acceleration If you follow e Slow down and keep more distance these suggestions tire wear will be held between you and other vehicles as it to a minimum may be more difficult to see at night especially in areas where there may not be any street lights Driving your vehicle Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare from other driver s headlights Keep your headlights clean and prop erly aimed on vehicles not equipped with the automatic headlight aiming feature Dirty or improperly aimed headlights will make it much more diffi cult to see at night Avoid staring directly at the headlights of oncoming vehicles You could be temporarily blinded and it will take several seconds for your eyes to read just to the darkness Driving in the rain Rain and wet roads can make driving dangerous especially if you re not pre pared for the slick pavement Here are a few things to consider when driving in the rain e A heavy rainfall will make it harder to see and will increase the distance needed to stop your vehicle so slow down Keep your windshield wiping equip ment in good shape Replace your windshield wiper blades when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windshield e If your tires are not in good condition making a quick stop on wet pavement can cause a skid and possibly l
71. the retractor to allow the installation of a child restraint system the seat belt oper ation changes to allow the belt to retract but not to extend Automatic Locking Retractor Type Refer to Using a child restraint system in this section NOTICE Although the combination retractor provides the same level of protection for seated passengers in either emergency or automatic locking modes it is recom mended that seated passengers use the emergency locking feature for improved convenience The automatic locking function is intended to facilitate child restraint installation To convert from the automatic locking feature to the emergency locking operation mode allow the unbuckled seat belt to fully retract 4 CAUTION Do NOT fold down the left portion of the rear seat back when the rear center seat belt is buckled ALWAYS UNBUCKLE the rear center seat belt before folding down the left portion of the rear seat back If the rear center seat belt is buckled when the left portion of the rear seat back is folded down distortion and damage to the top portion of the seat back and seat belt garnish may result causing the seat back to lock into the folded down position Safety features of your vehicle OBH038023N When using the rear center seat belt the buckle with the CENTER mark must be used Ly 1 a du B210A01NF 1 To release the seat belt The seat belt is released by pressing the
72. tion can be controlled by the Dimming ON OFF Button 1 Pressing the button turns the auto dimming function OFF which is indicat ed by the green Status Indicator LED turning off 2 Pressing the button again turns the auto dimming function ON which is indicated by the green Status Indicator LED turning on NOTICE The mirror defaults to the ON position each time the vehicle is started Features of your vehicle Z Nav Compass Display The NVS Mirror in your vehicle is also equipped with a Z Nav Compass that shows the vehicle Compass heading in the Display Window using the 8 basic cardinal headings N NE E SE etc Compass function The Compass can be turned ON and OFF and will remember the last state when the ignition is cycled To turn the display feature ON OFF 1 Press and release the button to turn the display feature OFF 2 Press and release the button again to turn the display back ON Additional options can be set with press and hold sequences of the button and are detailed below There is a difference between magnetic north and true north The compass in the mirror can compensate for this difference when it knows the Magnetic Zone in which it is operating This is set either by the dealer or by the user The operating Zone Numbers for North America are shown in the figure on the following sec tion B520COSNF Features of your vehicle To adjust the Zone setting
73. to LOCK position when ESC for at least half a second after indicates nothing unusual is off ESC remains off Upon turning the ignition ON to turn e When moving out of the mud restarting the engine the ESC off ESC OFF indicator or slippery road pressing the ESC will automatically turn will illuminate To turn the accelerator pedal may not on again ESC on press the ESC OFF cause the engine rpm revo button ESC OFF indicator lutions per minute to light will go off increase e When starting the engine you may hear a slight ticking sound This is the ESC per forming an automatic system self check and does not indi cate a problem Driving your vehicle m ESC indicator light blinks ee m ESC OFF indicator light comes on ee OFF Indicator light When the ignition switch is turned ON the indicator light illuminates then goes off if ESC system is operating normally The ESC indicator light blinks whenever ESC is operating ESC OFF indicator light comes on when either the ESC is turned off with the but ton or ESC fails to operate when turned on J CAUTION Driving with varying tire or wheel sizes may cause the ESC system to malfunction When replacing tires make sure they are the same size as your original tires ESC OFF usage When driving e It s a good idea to keep the ESC turned on for daily driving whenever possible e To turn ESC off while driving press the ESC OFF button while drivi
74. to do in an emergency 3 Have all passengers get out of the vehicle Be sure they all get out on the side of the vehicle that is away from traffic 4 When changing a flat tire follow the instruction provided later in this sec tion If engine stalls while driving 1 Reduce your speed gradually keeping a straight line Move cautiously off the road to a safe place 2 Turn on your emergency flashers 3 Try to start the engine again If your vehicle will not start contact an authorized Kia dealer or seek other qualified assistance IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START If the engine doesn t turn over or turns over slowly 1 If your vehicle has an automatic transaxle be sure the shift lever is in N Neutral or P Park and the emer gency brake is set 2 Check the battery connections to be sure they are clean and tight 3 Turn on the interior light If the light dims or goes out when you operate the starter the battery is discharged 4 Check the starter connections to be sure they are securely tightened 5 Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it See instructions for Jump starting If engine turns over normally but does not start 1 Check fuel level 2 With the ignition switch in the LOCK position check all connectors at the ignition coil and spark plugs Reconnect any that may be discon nected or loose 3 Check the fuel line in the engine com partment 4 If the engine still does not start ca
75. treated with rust protection Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody and wheel openings with lukewarm or cold water once a month after off road driving and at the end of each winter Pay special attention to these areas because it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt It will do more harm than good to wet down the road grime without removing it The lower edges of doors rocker panels and frame members have drain holes that should not be allowed to clog with dirt trapped water in these areas can cause rusting Maintenance n Aluminum or chrome wheel mainte nance The aluminum or chrome wheels are coated with a clear protective finish e Do not use any abrasive cleaner pol ishing compound solvent or wire brushes on aluminum or chrome wheels They may scratch or damage the finish e Clean the wheel when it has cooled e Use only a mild soap or neutral deter gent and rinse thoroughly with water Also be sure to clean the wheels after driving on salted roads This helps pre vent corrosion e Avoid washing the wheels with high speed car wash brushes e Do not use any acid detergent It may damage and corrode the aluminum or chrome wheels coated with a clear protective finish Corrosion protection Protecting your vehicle from corrosion By using the most advanced design and construction practices to combat corro sion we produces vehicles of the highest quality However this is only part of the job T
76. turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position and remove the ignition key Never remove or replace the air bag related fuse s when the ignition switch is in the ON posi tion Failure to heed this warning will cause the SRS air bag warn ing light to illuminate PASSENGER Arr aRBaG QFE PR h ODS Occupant Detection System Your vehicle is equipped with an ODS in the front passenger s seat Safety features of your vehicle The ODS is designed to detect the pres ence of a properly seated front passen ger and determine if the passenger s front air bag should be enabled may inflate or not The driver s front air bag is not affected or controlled by the ODS Main components of ODS e A detection device located within the front passenger seat track Electronic system to determine whether passenger air bag systems should be activated or deactivated A indicator light located on the instru ment panel which illuminates the words PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicating the front passenger air bag system is deactivated The instrument panel air bag warning light is interconnected with the occu pant detection system If the front passenger seat is occupied by a person that the system determines to be of adult size and he she sits properly sitting upright with the seatback in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs com fortably extended and their feet on the floor
77. turn the Electronic Stability Control ESC system off by pressing the ESC switch After dynamometer testing is com pleted turn the ESC system back on by pressing the ESC switch again 1 Crankcase emission control system The positive crankcase ventilation sys tem is employed to prevent air pollution caused by blow by gases being emitted from the crankcase This system supplies fresh filtered air to the crankcase through the air intake hose Inside the crankcase the fresh air mixes with blow by gases which then pass through the PCV valve into the induction system 2 Evaporative emission control including ORVR Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery system The Evaporative Emission Control System is designed to prevent fuel vapors from escaping into the atmos phere The ORVR system is designed to allow the vapors from the fuel tank to be loaded into a canister while refueling at the gas station preventing the escape of fuel vapors into the atmosphere Maintenance n Canister Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel tank are absorbed and stored in the onboard canister When the engine is running the fuel vapors absorbed in the canister are drawn into the surge tank through the purge control solenoid valve Purge Control Solenoid Valve PCSV The purge control solenoid valve is con trolled by the Engine Control Module ECM when the engine coolant temper ature is low during idling the PCSV clos es so that e
78. warning flasher operates whether your vehicle is running or not The turn signals do not work when the hazard flasher is on e Care must be taken when using the hazard warning flasher while the vehi cle is being towed What to do in an emergency ROAD WARNING IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing set the shift lever in the N Neutral position and then push the vehi cle to a safe place If you have a flat tire while driving If a tire goes flat while you are driving 1 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and let the vehicle slow down while driving straight ahead Do not apply the brakes immediately or attempt to pull off the road as this may cause a loss of control When the vehicle has slowed down to such a speed that it is safe to do so brake carefully and pull off the road Drive off the road as far as possi ble and park on a firm level ground If you are on a divided highway do not de soas Hazard warning flasher The hazard warning flasher serves as a warning to other drivers to exercise extreme caution when approaching overtaking or passing your vehicle park in the median area between the two traffic lanes 2 When the vehicle is stopped turn on your emergency hazard flashers set the parking brake and put the transaxle in P automatic transaxle or reverse manual transaxle What
79. when something is approaching can cause damage or injury WARNING Unlocked vehicles Leaving your vehicle unlocked can invite theft or possible harm to you or others from someone hiding in your vehicle while you are gone Always remove the ignition key engage the parking brake close all windows and lock all doors when leaving your vehicle unattended Features of your vehicle Impact sensing door unlock sys tem if equipped All doors will automatically unlock when an impact causes the air bags to deploy Auto door lock unlock feature if equipped e All doors will automatically lock when the transaxle shift lever is shifted out of P Park e All doors will automatically unlock when the transaxle shift lever is shifted into P Park Speed sensing door lock system if equipped All doors will be automatically locked after the vehicle speed exceeds 15 km h 9 3 mi h And all doors will be automat ically unlocked when you turn the engine off or when you remove the ignition key if equipped NOTICE An authorized Kia dealer can activate or deactivate some auto door lock unlock features as follows e Auto door unlock by using the dri ver s door lock button e Auto door lock unlock by shifting the transaxle shift lever out of P Park or into P Park e Auto door unlock when the ignition key is removed from the ignition switch for smart key when the ENGINE START STOP button is turned to
80. who do not use TOP Tier Detergent Gasoline regularly and have problems starting or the engine does not run smoothly additives that you can buy separately may be added to the gasoline If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive added to the fuel tank at every 12 000 km or every engine oil change is recommended Additives are available from your author ized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other addi tives Operation in foreign countries If you are going to drive your vehicle in another country be sure to e Observe all regulations regarding reg istration and insurance Determine that acceptable fuel is avail able VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCESS No special break in period is needed By following a few simple precautions for the first 1 000 km 600 miles you may add to the performance economy and life of your vehicle Do not race the engine e While driving keep your engine speed rom or revolutions per minute between 2 000 rom and 4 000 rpm e Do not maintain a single speed for long periods of time either fast or slow Varying engine speed is needed to properly break in the engine e Avoid hard stops except in emergen cies to allow the brakes to seat prop erly e Don t let the engine idle longer than 3 minutes at one time e Don t tow a trailer during the first 2 000 km 1 200 miles of operation Introduction INDICATOR SYMBOLS ON THE INS
81. your vehicle This keeps the floor mat from sliding forward Features of your vehicle e d OUN026348 Clothes hanger To use the hanger pull down the upper portion of hanger 4 CAUTION Do not hang heavy clothes since those may damage the hook Features of your vehicle AUDIO SYSTEM NOTICE If you install an after market HID head lamp your vehicle s audio and electron ic device may malfunction 4 CAUTION e Do not clean the inside of the rear window glass with a cleaner or use a scraper to remove foreign deposits as this may cause dam age to the antenna elements Avoid adding metallic coatings such as NI Cd and so on These can disturb receiving AM and FM broadcast signals e OTF040165 Glass antenna if equipped When the radio power switch is turned on while the ignition switch is in either the ON or ACC position your car will receive both AM and FM broadcast sig nals through the antenna in the rear win dow glass Features of your vehicle TFA_WHEEL_USA 2 Steering wheel audio controls if equipped The steering wheel may incorporate audio control buttons 4 CAUTION Do not operate audio remote con trol buttons simultaneously VOLUME 1 e Press the lever upward to increase the volume e Press the lever downward to decrease the volume SEEK PRESET N V 2 The SEEK PRESET button has different functions based on the system mode For the
82. 240 km h 149 mph 3 Checking tire life TIN Tire Identification Number Any tires that are over 6 years old based on the manufacturing date including the spare tire should be replaced by new ones You can find the manufacturing date on the tire sidewall possibly on the inside of the wheel displaying the DOT Code The DOT Code is a series of num bers on a tire consisting of numbers and English letters The manufactur ing date is designated by the last four digits characters of the DOT code DOT XXXX XXXX OOOO The front part of the DOT means a plant code number tire size and tread pattern and the last four num bers indicate week and year manu factured For example DOT XXXX XXXX 1611 represents that the tire was produced in the 16th week of 2011 Maintenance n 4 Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rub ber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others The letter R means radial ply con struction the letter D means diago nal or bias ply construction and the letter B means belted bias ply con struction 5 Maximum permissible inflation pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure Refer to the Tire and Loading Information label for recommended inflatio
83. 55 GAW Gross axle Weight cmiiiririnioniiio 5 55 GAWR Gross axle weight rating ie 5 55 GVW Gross vehicle weight nuca 5 55 GVWR Gross vehicle weight rating 5 55 Index W Warnings and indicators scsi ein 4 58 veri 121 Weight saciianinizi zaini 5 55 Base curb Weight siii _ 6 1111110616616 1 5 55 Carso weight urine iii zizio 5 55 GAW Gross axle weight munizioni 5 55 GAWR Gross axle weight rating iii 5 55 GVW Gross vehicle weight ucraini 5 55 GVWR Gross vehicle weight rating 5 55 Welcome SYSTEM ci 4 79 Wheel alignment and tire balance iii 7 35 Wheel replacement sririiccinicricionericoricniicionenivezzzanine 7 36 MG TITO 4 21 Auto down Window iii 4 22 Auto up down window eesin 4 23 Power window lock button iii 4 24 Windshield defrosting and defoggingi 4 109 Defogging logicsssssssssisssacsssasarososonnenanisnstsevevevcasavanens 4 111 Auto defogging SYSTEM Ee 4 112 Winter driving eiee a a 5 47 SNOW WI eee er DER Ei 5 47 Wiper blades eccessi ieie 7 25 Wipers and washers areren ziicionieiziorericizizioneo 4 85 Introduction How to use this manual 1 2 Fuel requirements 1 3 Vehicle break in process 1 4 Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster 1 5 Introduction E HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL We want to help you get the greatest possible driving pleasure from your vehi cle Your Owner s Manual can assist you in many ways We strongly recommend that you read the enti
84. CK SCAN MUTE Using CD Player 1 Button If the CD is loaded turns to CD mode If no CD it displays No Media for 3 sec onds and returns to the previous mode 2 HE Button RANDOM Press this button for less than 0 8 sec onds to activate RDM mode and more than 0 8 seconds to activate ALL RDM mode It wil play the next song at once e RDM Only files tracks in a folder disc are played back in a random sequence e ALL RDM MP3 WMA Only All files in a disc are played back in the random sequence 3 HEB Button REPEAT Press this button for less than 0 8 seconds to activate RPT mode and more than 0 8 seconds to activate FLD RPT mode e RPT Only a track file is repeatedly played back e FLD RPT MP3 WMA Only Only files in a folder are repeatedly played back 4 Button e Press button for less than 0 8 seconds to play from the beginning of current song Press button for less than 0 8 seconds and press again within 1 second to play the previous song Press button for 0 8 sec onds or longer to initiate reverse direc tion high speed sound search of cur rent song Press button for less than 0 8 seconds to play the next song Press button for 0 8 sec onds or longer to initiate forward direc tion high speed sound search of cur rent song 5 Ries Button Play each song in the CD for 10 seconds To cancel SCAN Play press this button again SIRI ta 6 CD Eject But
85. Dimensions 8 2 Bulb wattage 8 2 Tires and wheels 8 3 Recommended lubricants and capacities 8 4 Vehicle identification number VIN 8 6 Vehicle certification label 8 6 Tire specification and pressure label 8 7 Engine number 8 7 Specifications amp Consumer information Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects DIMENSIONS BULB WATTAGE tem m 4845 1907 1850 720 Overall eight 1455 673 Front um signal x aew Front tread 1601 63 0 1595 62 8 1591 62 6 Front side marker ss 5 WW Posto ghi e w 1601 63 0 1595 62 8 1591 62 6 Wheelbase 2795 110 0 with R16 tire Front fog light sa 2 with R17 tire Stop and tail light 27 8 or LED O 27W High mounted stop ight LED gt Trunk room amp s f ew If equipped Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects TIRES AND WHEELS Inflation pressure Tire i Wheel size kPa psi Wheel lug nut torque size Normal load kg m Ib ft Nem Front Rear Front Rear soe P205 65R16 94H 6 5Jx16 225 33 225 33 225 33 225 33 Full size tire P215 55R17 93V 6 5Jx17 225 33 225 33 225 33 225 33 225 45R18 95V 7 5Jx18 240 35 240 35 240 35 240 35 225 45R1895V x re 420 420 420 420 spare tire 420 420 420 420 Normal load Up to 3 persons 4 CAUTION When replacing tires use the same size originally supplied w
86. EADED FUEL as well as minimize exhaust emis sions and spark plug fouling 4 CAUTION Never add any fuel system cleaning agents to the fuel tank other than what has been specified Consult an authorized Kia dealer for details Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol Gasohol a mixture of gasoline and ethanol also known as grain alcohol and gasoline or gasohol containing methanol also known as wood alcohol are being marketed along with or instead of leaded or unleaded gasoline Do not use gasohol containing more than 10 ethanol and do not use gasoline or gasohol containing any methanol Either of these fuels may cause drivability prob lems and damage to the fuel system Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if drivability problems occur Vehicle damage or drivability problems may not be covered by the manufactur ers warranty if they result from the use of 1 Gasohol containing more than 10 ethanol 2 Gasoline or methanol 3 Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol gasohol containing E85 fuel is an alternative fuel com prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 per cent gasoline and is manufactured exclusively for use in Flexible Fuel Vehicles E85 is not compatible with your vehicle Use of E85 may result in poor engine performance and damage to your vehicle s engine and fuel system Kia recommends that customers do not use fuel with an ethanol content exceed ing 10 percent 4 CAUTION Your New Vehi
87. EN TILT OPEN gt SLIDE OPEN SLIDE CLOSE SUNSHADE CLOSE Then release the control lever When this is complete the sunroof system is reset For more detailed information contact an authorized Kia dealer Features of your vehicle DRIVER POSITION MEMORY SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED N ae Storing positions into memory Ve using the buttons on the door Storing driver s seat positions 1 Shift the shift lever into P while the ignition switch is ON 2 Adjust the driver seat to position com fortable for the driver 3 Press SET button on the control panel The system will beep once 4 Press one of the memory buttons 1 or 2 within 5 seconds after pressing the SET button The system will beep twice when memory has been suc cessfully stored LO OTF040035 A driver position memory system is pro vided to store and recall the driver seat position with a simple button operation By saving the desired position into the system memory different drivers can reposition the driver seat based upon their driving preference If the battery is disconnected the position memory will be lost and the driving position should be restored in the system Features of your vehicle Recalling positions from memory 1 Shift the shift lever into P while the ignition switch is ON 2 To recall the position in memory press the desired memory button 1 or 2 The system will beep once then the driver seat will automatically adj
88. G Always check the surrounding areas near your vehicle for people espe cially children before putting a vehi cle into D Drive or R Reverse WARNING Driving under the influence of alcohol or drugs Drinking and driving is dangerous Drunk driving is the number one contributor to the highway death toll each year Even a small amount of alcohol will affect your reflexes perceptions and judgement Driving while under the influence of drugs is as dangerous or more dan gerous than driving drunk You are much more likely to have a serious accident if you drink or take drugs and drive If you are drinking or taking drugs don t drive Do not ride with a driv er who has been drinking or taking drugs Choose a designated driver or call a cab dn i n i E i n n Driving your vehicle KEY POSITIONS OTF050001 Illuminated ignition switch Whenever a front door is opened the ignition switch will illuminate for your con venience provided the ignition switch is not in the ON position The light will go off immediately when the ignition switch is turned on It will also go off after about 30 seconds when the door is closed OTF050002 Ignition switch position LOCK The steering wheel locks to protect against theft if equipped The ignition key can be removed only in the LOCK position When turning the ignition switch to the LOCK position push the key inward at the ACC position and tu
89. Kia THE COMPANY Thank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle As a global car manufacturer focused on building high quality value for money prices Kia Motors is dedicated to providing you with a customer service experience that exceeds your expectations All information contained in this Owner s Manual is accurate at the time of publication However Kia reserves the right to make changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement can be carried out This manual applies to all Kia models and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment As a result you may encounter material in this manual that is not applicable to your specific Kia vehicle Drive safely and enjoy your Kia FOREWORD a Thank you for choosing a Kia vehicle When you require service remember that your Kia Dealer knows your vehicle best Your dealer has factory trained tech nicians recommended special tools genuine Kia replacement parts and is dedicated to your complete satisfaction Because subsequent owners require this important information as well this publication should remain with the vehicle if it is sold This manual will familiarize you with operational mainte nance and safety information about your new vehicle It is sup plemented by a Warranty and Consumer Information manual that provides important information on all warranties regarding your vehicle We urge you to read
90. Never use an infant carrier or a WARNING To reduce the chance or serious or fatal injuries Children of all ages are safer when restrained in the rear seat A child riding in the front passen ger seat can be forcefully struck by an inflating air bag resulting in serious or fatal injuries Always follow the child restraint system manufacture s instruc tions for installation and use of the child restraint Always make sure the child seat is secured properly in the vehicle and your child is securely restrained in the child seat Never hold a child in your arms or lap when riding in a vehicle The violent forces created during a crash will tear the child from your arms and throw the child against the vehicle s interior Never put a seat belt over your self and a child During a crash the belt could press deep into the child causing serious internal injuries Continued in a vehicle not even for a short time The car can heat up very quickly resulting in serious injuries to children inside Even very young children may inadver tently cause the vehicle to move entangle themselves in the win dows or lock themselves or oth ers inside the vehicle Never allow two children or any two persons to use the same seat belt Children often squirm and repo sition themselves improperly Never let a child ride with the shoulder belt under their arm or behind their back Always prop erly position and secure ch
91. OTH Wireless Technology PHONE OPERATION section for detailed information TF_USA RADIO 8 BUS amp Mita ice Knob Rotate the knob clockwise or counter clock wise to increase or decrease from current frequency AM 10kHz FM 200kHz Pressing the button changes the BASS MIDDLE TREBLE FADER and BAL ANCE TUNE mode The mode selected is shown on the display After selecting each mode rotate the Audio control knob clockwise or counterclockwise BASS Control To increase the BASS rotate the knob clockwise while to decrease the BASS rotate the knob counterclockwise Features of your vehicle e MIDDLE Control To increase the MIDDLE rotate the knob clockwise while to decrease the MID DLE rotate the knob counterclockwise e TREBLE Control To increase the TREBLE rotate the knob clockwise while to decrease the TRE BLE rotate the knob counterclockwise e FADER Control Turn the control knob clockwise to empha size rear speaker sound front speaker sound will be attenuated When the con trol knob is turned counterclockwise front speaker sound will be emphasized rear speaker sound will be attenuated BALANCE Control Rotate the knob clockwise to emphasize right speaker sound left soeaker sound will be attenuated When the control knob is turned counter clockwise left speaker sound will be emphasized right speaker sound will be attenuated Features of your vehicle EEK a v TRA
92. Protected Audio CD Some copy protected CDs which do not comply with the international audio CD standards Red Book may not play on your vehicle audio Please note that if you try to play copy protected CDs and the CD player does not perform correct ly the CDs maybe defective not the CD player dn i i E i i Features of your vehicle E CD Player PA710TFU SIRIUS Bluetooth SEEK f OE Y track SCAN MUTE I FOLDER Ee There will be no Bluetooth logo if the Bluetooth wireless technology feature is not supported TF USA RADIO Features of your vehicle SEEK TRACK R fl SCAN MUTE Using RADIO SETUP VOLUME and AUDIO CONTROL 1 Button The FM AM button toggles between FM and AM Listed below are the paths as the system switches from FM to AM and back to FM e FM AM FM1 FM2 AM FM1 2 Button amp Knob e Turns the audio system on off when the ignition switch is on ACC or ON e f the knob is turned clockwise counter clockwise the volume will increase decrease 3 GZS Button e When the is pressed it will automatically tune to the next lower station e When the is pressed it will automatically tune to the next higher Station 4 Button When the button is pressed it auto matically scans the radio stations upwards e The SCAN feature steps through each station starting from the initial station for 5 seconds Press the button again to stop the scan
93. S Box Horn Relay E R Fuse amp Relay Box B Horn Relay Oxygen Sensor Up Down E R Fuse amp Relay Box C FAN HI LO Relay INJECTOR EMS Box F Pump Relay Camshaft Position Sensor 1 2 Immobilizer Module RCV Control Solenoid Valve G4KH Variable Intake Solenoid Valve G4Ku Canister Close Valve Oil Control Valve 1 2 Purge Control Solenoid Valve Crankshaft Position Sensor 10A GN COIL Condenser Ignition Coil 1 2 3 4 EMS Box Engine Control Relay Maintenance APPEARANCE CARE Exterior care Exterior general caution It is very important to follow the label directions when using any chemical cleaner or polish Read all warning and caution statements that appear on the label Finish maintenance Washing To help protect your vehicle s finish from rust and deterioration wash it thoroughly and frequently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold water If you use your vehicle for off road driv ing you should wash it after each off road trip Pay special attention to the removal of any accumulation of salt dirt mud and other foreign materials Make sure the drain holes in the lower edges of the doors and rocker panels are kept clear and clean Insects tar tree sap bird droppings industrial pollution and similar deposits can damage your vehicle s finish if not removed immediately Even prompt washing with plain water may not completely remove all these deposits A mild soap saf
94. TRUMENT CLUSTER hik Engi Door ajar warning light ABS warning light E See ae temperature a a OO Parking brake amp Brake fluid SS warning light Low fuel level warning light Trunk lid open warning light Electric power steering EPS Engine oil pressure warning light PS system warning light Seat belt warning light High beam indicator se Charging system warning light A Shift pattern indicator Turn signal indicator Malfunction indicator tele ECOMINDER indicator Front fog light indicator Air bag warning light Immobilizer indicator ESC indicator aves Cruise indicator CESBOGSNODE HAR ee eB ESC OFF indicator gg Cruise SET indicator O n nm If equipped For more detailed explanations refer to Instrument cluster in section 4 Your vehicle at a glance Interior overview 2 2 Instrument panel overview 2 3 Engine compartment 2 4 Your vehicle at a glance INTERIOR OVERVIEW 1 Driver position memory system 4 34 24Dooglock uniockbunone ses 4 14 3 Outside rearview mirror control WIE CASSE RE OSS N dx 4 47 4 Power window lock button 4 24 5 Power window switches 4 21 6 Central door lock switch 4 15 7 Instrument panel illumination control WC E Se eno 4 49 BESC OFF DUHOM See eo eee 5 28 9 Steering wheel tilt lever 4 37 10 Hood release lever
95. ag may forcefully contact the occupant causing serious or fatal injuries OTD039022 A LDA2056 Side impact air bag Your vehicle is equipped with a side impact air bag in each front seat The purpose of the air bag is to provide the vehicle s driver and or the front passen ger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt alone Safety features of your vehicle The side impact air bags are designed to deploy only during certain side impact collisions depending on the crash sever ity angle speed and point of impact The side air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact situations WARNING e Do not allow the passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors put their arms on the doors stretch their arms out of the window or place objects between the doors and passen gers when they are seated on seats equipped with side and or curtain air bags The side impact air bag is sup plemental to the driver s and the passenger s seat belt systems and is not a substitute for them Therefore your seat belts must be worn at all times while the vehicle is in motion The air bags deploy only in certain side impact condi tions severe enough to cause significant injury to the vehicle occupants Continued Continued e For best protection from the side impact air bag system and to avoid being injured by the deploying side impact air bag both front seat occupants should si
96. ail lights are on Immobilizer indicator if equipped Gay Without smart key system This light illuminates when the immobiliz er key is inserted and turned to the ON position to start the engine At this time you can start the engine The light goes out after the engine is running If this light blinks when the ignition switch is in the ON position before starting the engine have the system checked by an authorized Kia dealer With smart key system if equipped If any of the following occurs in a vehicle equipped with the smart key the immobi lizer indicator illuminates blinks or the light goes off e When the smart key is in the vehicle if the engine start stop button is turned to the ON position the indicator will illuminate until the engine is started However when the smart key is not in the vehicle if the engine start stop but ton is depressed the indicator will blink for a few minutes to indicate that you will not be able to start the engine ke el Features of your vehicle When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and the indicator turns off after 2 seconds the system may need repair Have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer When the battery is weak if the engine start stop button is depressed the indi cator will blink and you will not be able to start the engine However you may still be able to start the engine by inserting the smart key in the smart key holde
97. ally begin to fade at short distances from the station Also FM signals are easily affected by buildings mountains or other obstruc tions These can result in certain listening conditions which might lead you to believe a problem exists with your radio The following conditions are normal and do not indicate radio trouble Fading As your vehicle moves away from the radio station the signal will weaken and sound will begin to fade When this occurs we suggest that you select another stronger station Flutter Static Weak FM signals or large obstructions between the trans mitter and your radio can disturb the signal causing static or fluttering nois es to occur Reducing the treble level may lessen this effect until the distur bance clears JBM005 Station Swapping As a FM signal weakens another more powerful sig nal near the same frequency may begin to play This is because your radio is designed to lock onto the clear est signal If this occurs select another station with a stronger signal Multi Path Cancellation Radio signals being received from several directions can cause distortion or fluttering This can be caused by a direct and reflect ed signal from the same station or by signals from two stations with close frequencies If this occurs select another station until the condition has passed dn i i Features of your vehicle Satellite radio reception e If you are driving on
98. an mute TRACK MF USA iPod Using iPod iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc 1 Button iPod If iPod is connected it switches to the iPod mode from the previous mode to play the song files stored in the iPod If there is no iPod connected then it dis plays the message No Media for 3 sec onds and returns to the previous mode 2 GE Button RANDOM e Press this button for less than 0 8 sec onds to shuffle order of all songs in current category Song Random e Press this button for 0 8 seconds or longer to shuffle order of albums in cur rent category Album Random e To cancel RANDOM Play press this button again 3 HEB Button REPEAT Repeats the song currently played 4 LY e 4 Button e Press the button for less than 0 8 seconds to play from the beginning of the song currently played Press the button for less than 0 8 sec onds and press it again within 1 sec ond to move to and play the previous track Press the button for 0 8 seconds or longer to play the song in reverse direction in fast speed Press the button for less than 0 8 seconds to move to the next track Press the button for 0 8 seconds or longer to play the song in forward direc tion in fast speed 6 2 3 4 5 6 ee SEEK f CAT Fite TRACK SCAN MUTE Y FOLDER y fi i _ TF USA iPod 5 Ries Button Plays each song in the iPod device for 10 seconds To cancel SCAN Play press this but
99. arance snow chain clearance speedometer and odometer calibration head light aim and bumper height Maintenance n R Tire traction Tire traction can be reduced if you drive on worn tires tires that are improperly inflated or on slippery road surfaces Tires should be replaced when tread wear indicators appear Slow down whenever there is rain snow or ice on the road to reduce the possibility of losing con trol of the vehicle Tire maintenance In addition to proper inflation correct wheel alignment helps to decrease tire wear If you find a tire is worn unevenly have your dealer check the wheel alignment When you have new tires installed make sure they are balanced This will increase vehicle ride comfort and tire life Additionally a tire should always be rebalanced if it is removed from the wheel 1030B04JM Tire sidewall labeling This information identifies and describes the fundamental charac teristics of the tire and also provides the tire identification number TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall 1 Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or Brand name is shown 2 Tire size designation A tire s sidewall is marked with a tire size designation You will need this information when selecting replace ment tires for your car The following explains what the letters and num bers in the tire size designation mean Exam
100. art key At this time if you press the door lock or unlock button the position light and headlight will turn off immediately Interior light When the interior light switch is in the DOOR position and all doors and trunk are locked and closed the room lamp will come on for 30 seconds if any of the below is performed Without smart key system When the door unlock button is pressed on the transmitter With the smart key system When the door unlock button is pressed on the smart key When the button of the outside door handle is pressed At this time if you press the door lock or unlock button the room lamp will turn off immediately dn i n i i i Features of your vehicle LIGHTING Battery saver function The purpose of this feature is to pre vent the battery from being dis charged The system automatically turns off the parking lights when the driver removes the ignition key smart key turns off the engine and opens the driver side door With this feature the parking lights will be turned off automatically if the driver parks on the side of road at night If necessary to keep the lights on when the ignition key is removed smart key turns off the engine per form the following 1 Open the driver side door 2 Turn the parking lights OFF and ON again using the light switch on the steering column Headlight escort function If equipped The headlights and or taillights will
101. as belted tires is not recommended Any combina tions of radial ply and bias ply or bias belted tires when used on the same vehicle will seriously deteriorate vehicle handling The best rule to fol low is Identical radial ply tires should always be used as a Set of four Longer wearing tires can be more susceptible to irregular tread wear It is very important to follow the tire rotation interval shown in this section to achieve the tread life potential of these tires Cuts and punctures in radial ply tires are repairable only in the tread area because of sidewall flexing Consult your tire dealer for radial ply tire repairs FUSES Blade type Normal Blown Cartridge type Normal Main fuse OLM079051N A vehicle s electrical system is protected from electrical overload damage by fuses This vehicle has 2 fuse panels one locat ed in the driver s side panel bolster the other in the engine compartment near the battery If any of your vehicle s lights acces sories or controls do not work check the appropriate circuit fuse If a fuse has blown the element inside the fuse will melt If the electrical system does not work first check the driver s side fuse panel Always replace a blown fuse with one of the same rating If the replacement fuse blows this indi cates an electrical problem Avoid using the system involved and immediately consult an authorized Kia dealer Three kinds of
102. ased upon the changed color Brake hoses and lines Visually check for proper installation chafing cracks deterioration and any leakage Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts immediately Brake clutch fluid Check brake fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir The level should be between MIN and MAX marks on the side of the reservoir Use only hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification Maintenance a Parking brake Inspect the parking brake system includ ing the parking brake pedal and cables Brake discs pads calipers and rotors Check the pads for excessive wear discs for run out and wear and calipers for fluid leakage Exhaust pipe and muffler Visually inspect the exhaust pipes muf fler and hangers for cracks deterioration or damage Start the engine and listen carefully for any exhaust gas leakage Tighten connections or replace parts as necessary Suspension mounting bolts Check the suspension connections for looseness or damage Retighten to the specified torque Steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint With the vehicle stopped and engine off check for excessive free play in the steering wheel Check the linkage for bends or damage Check the dust boots and ball joints for deterioration cracks or damage Replace any damaged parts Drive shafts and boots Check the drive shafts boots and clamps for cracks deterioration or
103. at a door has locked or not you should check the door lock button inside the vehicle or pull the outside door handle Even though you press the button the doors will not lock and the chime will sound for 3 seconds if any of the follow ing occurs e The smart key is in the vehicle e The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position e Any door except the trunk is opened Unlocking Pressing the button of the driver s out side door handle with all doors closed and locked unlocks the driver s door The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound twice to indicate that the driver s door is unlocked Pressing the button in the front passen ger s outside door handle with all doors closed and locked unlocks all the doors The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound twice to indicate that all doors are unlocked The button will only operate when the smart key is with in 0 7 1 m 28 40 in from the outside door handle Start up You can start the engine without inserting the key For detailed information refer to Starting the engine with a smart key in section 5 a n n Features of your vehicle Smart key precautions NOTICE If for some reason you happen to lose your smart key you will not be able to start the engine Tow the vehicle if necessary and contact an authorized Kia dealer A maximum of 2 smart keys can be registered to a single vehicle If you lose a smart key
104. at the press hold release sequence a second time to complete the programming Some devices may require you to repeat this sequence a third time to complete the program ming 4 Press and hold the just trained HomeLink button and observe the red Status Indicator LED If the indicator light stays on constantly programming is complete and your device should activate 5 1O program the remaining two HomeLink buttons follow either steps 1 through 4 above for other Rolling Code devices or steps 2 through 5 in Standard Programming for standard devices Gate operator amp Canadian program ming During programming your handheld transmitter may automatically stop trans mitting Continue to press the Integrated HomeLink Wireless Control System but ton note steps 2 through 4 in the Standard Programming portion of this document while you press and re press cycle your handheld transmitter every two seconds until the frequency signal has been learned The indicator light will flash slowly and then rapidly after sever al seconds upon successful training Operating HomeLink To operate simply press and release the programmed HomeLink button Activation will now occur for the trained device i e garage door opener gate operator security system entry door lock home office lighting etc For con venience the hand held transmitter of the device may also be used at any time Features of your vehicle Reprogramm
105. bility of dam age from road hazards 4 CAUTION Warm tires normally exceed recommended cold tire pres sures by 28 to 41 kPa 4 to 6 psi Do not release air from warm tires to adjust the pres sure or the tires will be under inflated Be sure to reinstall the tire inflation valve caps Without the valve cap dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage If a valve cap is missing install a new one as soon as possible N CAUTION Tire pressure Always observe the following Check tire pressure when the tires are cold After vehicle has been parked for at least three hours or hasn t been driven more than 1 6 km one mile since startup Check the pressure of your spare tire each time you check the pressure of other tires Never overload your vehicle Be careful not to overload a vehicle luggage rack if your vehicle is equipped with one Worn old tires can cause acci dents If your tread is badly worn or if your tires have been damaged replace them Maintenance n Checking tire inflation pressure Check your tires once a month or more Also check the tire pressure of the spare tire How to check Use a good quality gage to check tire pressure You can not tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by look ing at them Radial tires may look properly inflated even when they re underinflated Check the tire s inflation pressure when the tires are cold Cold
106. brake system working If the brakes fail while you are driving shift to a lower gear for additional engine braking and stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do SO To check bulb operation check whether the parking brake and brake fluid warning light illuminates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Front fog light indicator if equipped 0 This indicator comes on when the front fog lights are ON Shift pattern indicator i if equipped NI The indicator displays which automatic transaxle shift position is selected Features of your vehicle Charging system warning light E This warning light indicates a malfunction of either the generator or electrical charging system If the warning light illuminates while the vehicle is in motion 1 Drive to the nearest safe location 2 With the engine off check the genera tor drive belt for looseness or break age 3 If the belt is adjusted properly a prob lem exists somewhere in the electrical charging system Have an authorized Kia dealer correct the problem as soon as possible Trunk lid open warning light utp This warning light illuminates when the trunk lid is not closed securely with the ignition switch in any position This warning light illuminates when a door is not closed securely with the igni tion switch in any position Door ajar warning light Tail light indicator Bea This indicator illuminates when the t
107. ck The shoulder portion should be adjusted so that it lies across your chest and midway over your shoulder near the door and not your neck To adjust the height of the seat belt anchor lower or raise the height adjuster into an appropriate position B200A01NF Safety features of your vehicle Seat belts Front passenger and rear seat 3 point system with combination locking retractor To fasten your seat belt Combination retractor type seat belts are installed in the rear seat positions to help accommodate the installation of child restraint systems Although a combina tion retractor is also installed in the front passenger seat position it is strongly recommended that children always be seated in the rear seat NEVER place any infant restraint system in the front seat of the vehicle This type of seat belt combines the fea tures of both an emergency locking retractor seat belt and an automatic lock ing retractor seat belt To fasten your seat belt pull it out of the retractor and insert the metal tab into the buckle There will be an audible click when the tab locks into the buckle When not securing a child restraint the seat belt operates in the same way as the driver s seat belt Emergency Locking Retractor Type It automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt portion of the seat belt is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips When the seat belt is fully extended from
108. cle a separate external antenna must be fitted When a cellular phone or a radio set is used with an internal antenna alone it may interfere with the vehi cle s electrical system and adverse ly affect safe operation of the vehi cle Care of discs If the temperature inside the vehicle is too high open the vehicle windows for ventilation before using your vehicle audio It is illegal to copy and use MP3 WMA files without permission Use CDs that are created only by lawful means Do not apply volatile agents such as benzene and thinner normal cleaners and magnetic sprays made for ana logue disc onto CDs To prevent the disc surface from get ting damaged Hold and carry CDs by the edges or the edges of the center hole only Clean the disc surface with a piece of soft cloth before playback wipe it from the center to the outside edge Do not damage the disc surface or attach pieces of sticky tape or paper onto it Make sure objects other than CDs are not inserted into the CD player Do not insert more than one CD at a time Keep CDs in their cases after use to protect them from scratches or dirt Depending on the type of CD R CD RW CDs certain CDs may not operate normally according to manufacturing companies or making and recording methods In such circumstances if you still continue to use those CDs they may cause the malfunction of your vehicle audio system NOTICE Playing an Incompatible Copy
109. cle Limited Warranty does not cover damage to the fuel system or any performance prob lems caused by the use of E85 fuel 4 CAUTION Never use gasohol which contains methanol Discontinue use of any gasohol product which impairs dri vability Introduction e Use of MTBE Kia recommends avoiding fuels contain ing MTBE Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether over 15 0 vol Oxygen Content 2 7 weight in your vehicle Fuel containing MTBE over 15 0 vol Oxygen Content 2 7 weight may reduce vehicle performance and produce vapor lock or hard starting A CAUTION Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty may not cover damage to the fuel system and any performance prob lems that are caused by the use of fuels containing methanol or fuels containing MTBE Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether over 15 0 vol Oxygen Content 2 7 weight Do not use methanol Fuels containing methanol wood alco hol should not be used in your vehicle This type of fuel can reduce vehicle per formance and damage components of the fuel system Fuel Additives Kia recommends that you use good qual ity gasolines treated with detergent addi tives such as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline which help prevent deposit for mation in the engine These gasolines will help the engine run cleaner and enhance performance of the Emission Control System For more information on TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline please go to the website www toptiergas com For customers
110. control under adverse conditions lt is not a substitute for safe driving practices Factors including speed road conditions and driver steering input can all affect whether ESC will be effective in preventing a loss of control It is still your responsibility to drive and corner at reasonable speeds and to leave a sufficient margin of safety When you apply your brakes under con ditions which may lock the wheels you may hear a tik tiK sound from the brakes or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal This is normal and it means your ESC is active Driving your vehicle NOTICE A click sound may be heard in the engine compartment when the vehicle begins to move after the engine is start ed These conditions are normal and indicate that the Electronic Stability Control System is functioning properly Driving your vehicle ESC operation When operating ESC operation off ESC ON condition When the ESC is in operation ESC OFF state e When the ignition is turned fm ESC indicator light blinks a eTo cancel ESC operation ON ESC and ESC OFF indi lt lt When the Electronic Stability 22 press the ESC OFF button cator lights illuminate for Control is operating properly OFF ESC OFF indicator light illu approximately 3 seconds you can feel a slight pulsation minates then ESC is turned on in the vehicle This is only the e If the ignition switch is turned e Press the ESC OFF button effect of brake control and
111. cted through Select Phone menu Only a selected phone can be used with the hands free system at a time Press button to enter SETUP mode Select Phone then Select in PHONE menu Select desired phone name from the list shown The Bluetooth wireless technology icon appears on the upper side of audio display when a phone is connected Features of your vehicle e Changing Priority If several phones are paired with the audio system the system attempts to connect following order when the Bluetooth wireless technology system is enabled 1 Priority checked phone 2 Previously connected phone 3 Gives up auto connection Press button to enter SETUP mode Select Phone then Priority in PHONE menu Select desired phone name from the list shown e Deleting a Phone The paired phone can be deleted When the phone is deleted all the infor mation associated with that phone is also deleted including phonebook If you want to use the deleted phone with the audio system again pairing proce dure must be completed once more Press button to enter SETUP mode Select Phone then Delete in PHONE menu Select desired phone name from the list shown e ADVANCED Menu After pressing the button select the Phone menu while in PHONE menu select the Advanced menu to make Bluetooth wireless technology Phone settings
112. ction above approximately 30 km h 18 mph when a vehicle is braking on a split mu road The split mu road is made of surfaces which have different friction forces Driving your vehicle Good braking practices Check to be sure the parking brake is not engaged and that the parking brake indicator light is out before driv ing away Driving through water may get the brakes wet They can also get wet when the vehicle is washed Wet brakes can be dangerous Your vehicle will not stop as quickly if the brakes are wet Wet brakes may cause the vehicle to pull to one side To dry the brakes apply the brakes lightly until the braking action returns to normal taking care to keep the vehicle under control at all times If the braking action does not return to normal stop as soon as it is safe to do so and call an authorized Kia dealer for assis tance Don t coast down hills with the vehicle out of gear This is extremely haz ardous Keep the vehicle in gear at all times use the brakes to slow down then shift to a lower gear so that engine braking will help you maintain a safe speed Don t ride the brake pedal Resting your foot on the brake pedal while driv ing can be dangerous because the brakes might overheat and lose their effectiveness It also increases the wear of the brake components e If a tire goes flat while you are driving apply the brakes gently and keep the vehicle pointed straight ahead while you s
113. ctly for example seat excessively reclined leaning on the door or center console or hips shifted forward in the seat can cause a condition where the advanced frontal air bag system senses less weight than if the occupant were seated properly sitting upright with the seatback in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor This condition can result in an adult potentially being misclassi fied and illumination of the PAS SENGER AIR BAG OFF indica tor Safety features of your vehicle Driver s front air bag Sees he indications of the system s presence 7 are the letters AIR BAG embossed on the air bag pad cover in the steering wheel and the passenger s side front panel pad above the glove box The SRS consists of air bags installed under the pad covers in the center of the steering wheel and the passenger s side front panel above the glove box The purpose of the SRS is to provide the vehicle s driver and or the front passen ger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt system alone in case of a frontal impact of sufficient severity The SRS uses sensors to gath er information about the driver s seat position the driver s and front passen ger s seat belt usage and impact severi ty Driver s and passenger s front air bag Your vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Supplemental Restraint A
114. d be fastened and snugged on the hips and as low as possible Check if the belt fits periodically A child s squirming could put the belt out of position Children are given the most safety in the event of an accident when they are restrained by a proper restraint system in the rear seat If a larger child over age 12 must be seat ed in the front seat the child should be securely restrained by the available lap shoulder belt and the seat should be placed in the rearmost position Children age 12 and under should be restrained securely in the rear seat NEVER place a child age 12 and under in the front seat NEVER place a rear facing child seat in the front seat of a vehicle Safety features of your vehicle If the shoulder belt portion slightly touch es the child s neck or face try placing the child closer to the center of the vehicle If the shoulder belt still touches their face or neck they need to be returned to a child restraint system Pregnant women The use of a seat belt is recommended for pregnant women to lessen the chance of injury in an accident When a seat belt is used the lap belt portion should be placed as low and snugly as possible on the hips not across the abdomen For specific recommendations consult a physician Injured person A seat belt should be used when an injured person is being transported When this is necessary you should con sult a physician for recommendations One person per
115. d continue depressing the brake then do the follow ing 1 2 Carefully remove the cap covering the shift lock access hole Insert a key or screwdriver into the access hole and press down on the key or screwdriver Move the shift lever Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer immediately Ignition key interlock system The ignition key cannot be removed unless the shift lever is in the P Park position Good driving practices Never move the shift lever from P Park or N Neutral to any other posi tion with the accelerator pedal depressed Never move the shift lever into P Park when the vehicle is in motion Be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before you attempt to shift into R Reverse or D Drive Never take the vehicle out of gear and coast down a hill This may be extremely hazardous Always leave the car in gear when moving Do not ride the brakes This can cause them to overheat and malfunc tion Instead when you are driving down a long hill slow down and shift to a lower gear When you do this engine braking will help slow down the vehicle Slow down before shifting to a lower gear Otherwise the lower gear may not be engaged Always use the parking brake Do not depend on placing the transaxle in P Park to keep the vehicle from moving Driving your vehicle Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface Be especially careful when bra
116. d rear window out side rear view mirrors and all side win dows e Clear all snow and ice from the hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to improve OTF040143 1 heater and defroster efficiency and to Manual climate control system reduce the probability of fogging UP To defog inside windshield the inside of the windshield i 1 Select any fan speed except 0 posi tion 2 Select desired temperature 3 Select the S or WY position 4 The outside fresh air will be selected automatically If the outside fresh air position is not selected automatically press the corre sponding button manually Features of your vehicle PUSH AUTO OTF040144 1 OTF040145N 1 OTF040146N 1 To defrost outside windshield Automatic climate control system To defrost outside windshield 1 Set the fan speed to the highest To defog inside windshield 1 Set the fan speed to the highest posi extreme right position 1 Select desired fan speed tion 2 Set the temperature to the extreme hot gt Select desired temperature 2 Set the temperature to the extreme hot position HI position 3 Press the defroster button 77 4 The outside fresh air position will be selected automatically If the outside fresh air position is not selected automatically adjust the corre sponding button manually 3 Select the YY position 4 The outside fresh air will be selected automatically 3 Press the defroste
117. d at the top of the screen channel chang ing is done through the channels with in current category O n 1 CAT FOLDER SCAN MUTE v li 4 Button CATEGORY e Press button to enter the Category List Mode The display will indicate the category items highlight the category that the current channel belongs to In the Category List Mode press these buttons to navigate category list e Press Button to select the lowest channel in highlighted category If channel is selected by selecting cat egory CATEGORY Icon is displayed at the top of the screen kt Features of your vehicle 2 Acquiring Signal If this message is displayed it means that the antenna is covered and that the SIRIUS Satellite Radio signal is not available Ensure the antenna is uncovered and has a clear view of the Sky S x x z 4 6 WiN Knob amp AHA Button N e Rotate clockwise to increase the chan rune A nel number or to scroll down the cate SCAN MUTE FOLDER om J gory list TF_USA SIRIUS Rotate counterclockwise to decrease 5 E Button the channel number or to scroll up the Displays the information of the current SAL channel as below when the button is Press this to make selection of chan pressed each time nels or items Onan CH ha ren CAT Category CH Channel Artist Title Composer if available Category Channel e When default display is TRE CS RSRADIO ART Artist
118. d detent position The sunroof glass will close then the sunshade close automatically To stop the sunroof movement at any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily a OYF049215 Automatic reversal If an object or part of the body is detect ed while the sunroof glass or sunshade is closing automatically it will reverse the direction and then stop The auto reverse function does not work if a tiny obstacle is between the sliding glass or sunshade and the sunroof sash You should always check that all passen gers and objects are away from the sun roof before closing it 4 CAUTION Periodically remove any dirt that may accumulate on the guide rail If you try to open the sunroof when the temperature is below freezing or when the sunroof is covered with snow or ice the glass or the motor could be dam aged Features of your vehicle Resetting the sunroof Whenever the vehicle battery is discon nected or discharged or related fuse is blown you must reset your sunroof sys tem as follows 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion and close the sunroof glass and sunshade completely 2 Release the control lever 3 Push the sunroof control lever forward in the direction of close about 10 sec onds until the sunroof is moved a little Then release the lever 4 Push the sunroof control lever forward in the direction of close until the sun roof operates as follows SUNSHADE OP
119. d hold button on the steering wheel until the audio system transfers a call to the phone m Talking on the Phone When talking on the phone Active Call message and the other party s phone number if available are displayed on the audio To Finish a Call Press button on the steering wheel NOTICE In the following situations you or the other party may have difficulty hearing each other 1 Speaking at the same time your voice may not reach each other parties This is not a malfunction Speak alternate ly with the other party on the phone 2 Keep the Bluetooth wireless technol ogy volume to a low level High level volume may result in distortion and echo When driving on a rough road When driving at high speeds When the window is open When the air conditioning vents are facing the microphone When the sound of the air condition ing fan is loud a clan m Bluetooth wireless technology Audio Music Streaming The audio system supports Bluetooth wireless technology A2DP Audio Advanced Distribution Profile and AVRCP Audio Video Remote Control Profile technologies Both profiles provide steaming of music via compatible PAIRED Bluetooth wireless technology Cellular phone To stream music from the Bluetooth wireless technology cellular phone play your music files on your cellular phone according to your cellular phone user s manual and press the button on the audio sy
120. d or the battery has been disconnected e Auto down window See section 4 Sunroof See section 4 e Trip computer See section 4 e Climate control system See section 4 e Clock See section 4 e Audio See section 4 Maintenance TIRES AND WHEELS Tire care For proper maintenance safety and maximum fuel economy you must always maintain recommended tire inflation pressures and stay within the load limits and weight distribution recommended for your vehicle Recommended cold tire inflation pressures All tire pressures including the spare should be checked when the OMG055004 tires are cold Cold Tires means the All specifications sizes and pres vehicle has not been driven for at sures can be found on a label least three hours or driven less than attached to the drivers side center 1 6 km one mile pillar Recommended pressures must be maintained for the best ride top vehi cle handling and minimum tire wear For recommended inflation pressure refer to Tire and wheels in section 8 Maintenance 4 CAUTION Underinflation also results in excessive wear poor handling and reduced fuel economy Wheel deformation also is possible Keep your tire pres sures at the proper levels If a tire frequently needs refilling have it checked by an author ized Kia dealer Overinflation produces a harsh ride excessive wear at the center of the tire tread and a greater possi
121. damage Replace any damaged parts and if nec essary repack the grease Air conditioning refrigerant Check the air conditioning lines and con nections for leakage and damage Maintenance ENGINE OIL E 2 4 engine 4 Pull the dipstick out wipe it clean and re insert it fully WARNING Radiator hose Be very careful not to touch the radiator hose when checking or adding the engine oil as it may be hot enough to burn you 5 Pull the dipstick out again and check the level The level should be between F and L 4 CAUTION e Do not overfill with engine oil Engine damage may result e Do not spill engine oil when adding or changing engine oil If you drop the engine oil on the engine room wipe it off immedi ately Checking the engine oil level 1 Be sure the vehicle is on level ground 2 Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature 3 Turn the engine off and wait for a few minutes about 5 minutes for the oil to return to the oil pan E 2 4 engine RAM OYF079004N A il OYF071004N 1 If it is near or at L add enough oil to bring the level to F Do not overfill Use a funnel to help prevent oil from being spilled on engine components Use only the specified engine oil Refer to Recommended lubricants and capaci ties in section 8 el Maintenance LD I 4 IRR ZD E E ol Changing the engine oil and filter Ha
122. dashboard wipe them off imme diately See the instructions for the prop er way to clean vinyl 4 CAUTION Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electrical electronic components inside the vehicle as this may dam age them 4 CAUTION When cleaning leather products steering wheel seats etc use neutral detergents or low alcohol content solutions If you use high alcohol content solutions or acid alkaline detergents the color of the leather may fade or the sur face may get stripped off Cleaning the upholstery and interior trim Vinyl Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean with a mild soap solution recom mended for upholstery or carpets Remove fresh spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner If fresh spots do not receive immediate attention the fabric can be stained and its color can be affected Also its fire resistant properties can be reduced if the material is not properly maintained J CAUTION Using anything but recommended cleaners and procedures may affect the fabric s appearance and fire resistant properties Cleaning the lap shoulder belt web bing Clean the belt webbing with any mild soap solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpet Follow the instruc tions provided with the soap Do
123. dis tance for braking Avoid sudden braking or steering e When braking with non ABS brakes pump the brake pedal with a light up and down motion until the vehicle is stopped If stalled in snow mud or sand use second gear Accelerate slowly to avoid spinning the drive wheels Use sand rock salt or other non slip material under the drive wheels to pro vide traction when stalled in ice snow or mud Rocking the vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to free it from snow sand or mud first turn the steering wheel right and left to clear the area around your front wheels Then shift back and forth between 1st First and R Reverse in vehicles equipped with a manual transaxle or R Reverse and any forward gear in vehicles equipped with an automatic transaxle Do not race the engine and spin the wheels as little as possible If you are still stuck after a few tries have the vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid engine overheating and possible damage to the transaxle A CAUTION Prolonged rocking may cause engine overheating transaxle dam age or failure and tire damage dn i n i ni i n Driving your vehicle NOTICE The ESC system if equipped should be OUNO056051 turned OFF prior to rocking the vehicle Smooth cornering Driving at night Avoid braking or gear changing in cor Because night driving presents more ners especially when roads are wet hazards than driving in
124. driving time reset Even if the vehicle is not in motion the driving time keeps going while the engine is running The meters working range is from 0 00 99 59 Pressing the RESET button for more than 1 second when the driving time is being displayed clears the driving time to zero 0 00 NOTICE e If the vehicle is not on level ground or the battery power has been interrupt ed the Distance to empty function may not operate correctly The trip computer may not register additional fuel if less than 6 liters 1 6 gallons of fuel are added to the vehi cle e The fuel consumption if equipped and distance to empty values may vary significantly based on driving conditions driving habits and condi tion of the vehicle e The distance to empty value is an esti mate of the available driving distance This value may differ from the actual driving distance available Features of your vehicle E Type A E Type B Distance to Service Outside Outside Le Engine Oil 0000 km Tire rotation service required F RESET Set Alarm 15 C Tire Rotation 0000 km OTF040071N OTF040068C OTF040071AC Outside thermometer Distance to Service The current outside temperature is dis To enter the Distance to Service mode played in 1 C 1 F increments The tem press the TRIP button for less than 1 sec perature range is between 40 C 60 C ond 40F 140 F Engine oil service e The outside tempe
125. dset features HANDS FREE feature Making or receiving calls wirelessly through voice recognition STEREO HEADSET feature Playing music from cellular phones that sup ports A2DP feature wirelessly e Voice recognition engine of the Bluetooth wireless technology system supports 3 types of languages English Canadian French o US Spanish NOTICE e The phone must be paired to the sys tem before using Bluetooth wireless technology features e Only one selected linked cellular phone can be used with the system at a time e Some phones are not fully compatible with this system e The Bluetooth wireless technology word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth wireless technology SIG Inc and any use of such marks by Kia is under license A Bluetooth wireless tech nology enabled cell phone is required to use Bluetooth wireless technology Features of your vehicle m Receiving a Phone Call When receiving a phone call a ringtone is audible from speakers and the audio system changes into telephone mode When receiving a phone call Incoming call message and incoming phone num ber if available are displayed on the audio e To Answer a Call Press button on the steering wheel e To Reject a Call Press button on the steering wheel e To Adjust Ring Volume Use VOLUME buttons on the steering wheel e To Transfer a Call to the Phone Secret Call Press an
126. e A 1J8B3305 Severe weather conditions in the winter result in greater wear and other prob lems To minimize the problems of winter driving you should follow these sugges tions Snowy or Icy conditions To drive your vehicle in deep snow it may be necessary to use snow tires on your tires If snow tires are needed it is nec essary to select tires equivalent in size and type of the original equipment tires Failure to do so may adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle Furthermore speeding rapid accelera tion sudden brake applications and sharp turns are potentially very haz ardous practices During deceleration use engine braking to the fullest extent Sudden brake appli cations on snowy or icy roads may cause skids to occur You need to keep suffi cient distance between the vehicle in operation in front and your vehicle Also apply the brake gently Snow tires If you mount snow tires on your vehicle make sure they are radial tires of the same size and load range as the original tires Mount snow tires on all four wheels to balance your vehicle s handling in all weather conditions Keep in mind that the traction provided by snow tires on dry roads may not be as high as your vehi cle s original equipment tires You should drive cautiously even when the roads are clear Check with the tire dealer for max imum speed recommendations Do not install studded tires without first checking
127. e for manual transaxle or P Park for automatic transaxle 3 Activate the hazard warning flash er What to do in an emergenc OTF060004 1JBA6504 4 Remove the wheel lug nut wrench 6 Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun jack jack handle and spare tire terclockwise one turn each but do from the vehicle not remove any nut until the tire 5 Block both the front and rear of the has been raised off the ground wheel that is diagonally opposite the jack position What to do in an emergency 1JBA6025 7 Place the jack at the front or rear jacking position closest to the tire you are changing Place the jack at the designated locations under the frame The jacking positions are plates welded to the frame with two tabs and a raised dot to index with the jack OTF060008 8 Insert the jack handle into the jack and turn it clockwise raising the vehicle until the tire just clears the ground This measurement is approximately 30 mm 1 2 in Before removing the wheel lug nuts make sure the vehicle is sta ble and that there is no chance for movement or slippage 9 Loosen the wheel nuts and remove them with your fingers Slide the wheel off the studs and lay it flat so it cannot roll away To put the wheel on the hub pick up the spare tire line up the holes with the studs and slide the wheel onto them If this is difficult tip the wheel slightly and get the top hole in the wheel lined up with the t
128. e the vehicle is moving Always have the smart key with you A CAUTION If the engine stalls while the vehicle is in motion do not attempt to move the shift lever to the P Park posi tion If the traffic and road condi tions permit you may put the shift lever in the N Neutral position while the vehicle is still moving and press the ENGINE START STOP button in an attempt to restart the engine Whether the engine is cold or warm it should be started without depressing the accelerator Driving your vehicle OTF050006 NOTICE e If the battery is weak or the smart key does not work correctly you can start the engine by inserting the smart key in the smart key holder When you pull out the smart key from the smart key holder press the smart key and pull it out Continued Continued e When the stop lamp fuse is blown you can t start the engine normally Replace the fuse with a new one If it is not possible you can start the engine by pressing the ENGINE START STOP button for 10 seconds while it is in the ACC position The engine can start without depressing the brake pedal But for your safety always depress the brake pedal before starting the engine A CAUTION Do not press the ENGINE START STOP button for more than 10 sec onds except when the stop lamp fuse is blown Driving your vehicle MANUAL TRANSAXLE IF EQUIPPED The shift lever can be moved without pulling the ring 1
129. e with the smart key in your possession NOTICE Once the trunk is opened and then In cold and wet climates trunk lock and closed the trunk locks automatically trunk mechanisms may not work prop erly due to freezing conditions Features of your vehicle 7 OTF040017 Emergency trunk lid release cable 1 Take the cover out by putting the driver or key at left side 2 Pull the hook of cable 3 After use securely close the cover 4 CAUTION While driving the vehicle Don t use it Unexpected problems could occur When you open the cover use certainly the driver or key If you open the cover by your hand this could result in damage or injury to your hand and finger And then when the cover is opened keep the cover certainly If there is the problem with trunk have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized Kia dealer Closing the trunk To close lower the trunk lid then press down on it until it locks To be sure the trunk lid is securely fastened always check by trying to pull it up again Features of your vehicle OTF040018 Emergency trunk safety release Your vehicle is equipped with an emer gency trunk release lever located inside the trunk If someone is inadvertently locked in the trunk moving the handle in the direction of the arrow will release the trunk latch mechanism and open the trunk Features of your vehicle WINDOWS 1 Driver s door power window swi
130. e When in operation the power seat consumes a large amount of electrical power To prevent unnecessary charging system drain don t adjust the power seat longer than necessary while the engine is not running Forward and backward Do not operate two or more power Push the control switch forward or back seat control knobs at the same ward to move the seat to the desired time Doing so may result iN Position Release the switch once the power seat motor or electrical Seat reaches the desired position component malfunction Safety features of your vehicle OTF030007 Seatback angle Push the control switch forward or back ward to move the seatback to the desired angle Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position P dl ae CEET E se Vi woe I OTF030008 Seat height for driver s seat Pull the front portion of the control switch up to raise or down to lower the front part of the seat cushion Pull the rear portion of the control switch up to raise or down to lower the rear part of the seat cushion Release the switch once the seat reach es the desired position Lumbar support for driver s seat if equipped The lumbar support can be adjusted by pressing the lumbar support switch on the side of the drivers seat Press the front portion of the switch to increase support or the rear portion of the switch to decrease support dn i al Safety featur
131. e auto defog ging status NOTICE If the A C off or recirculated air position is manually selected while the auto defogging system is on the auto defog ging indicator will blink 3 times to give notice that manual operation is can celed 4 CAUTION Do not remove the sensor cover located on the upper end of the driver side windshield glass Damage to the system parts could occur and may not be covered by your vehicle warranty Features of your vehicle STORAGE COMPARTMENT These compartments can be used to store small items 4 CAUTION e To avoid possible theft do not leave valuables in the storage compartment Always keep the storage com partment covers closed while driving Do not attempt to place so many items in the storage compartment that the storage compartment cover can not close securely OTF040153 Glove box To open the glove box pull the handle and the glove box will automatically open Close the glove box after use WARNING Flammable materials Do not store cigarette lighters propane cylinders or other flamma WARNING To reduce the risk of injury in an ble explosive materials in the vehi peli accident or sudden stop always cle These items may catch fire Center console storage keep the glove box door closed and or explode if the vehicle is if equipped while driving exposed to hot temperatures for extended periods To open the center console storage
132. e calculates the average fuel consumption from the total fuel used and the distance since the last average con sumption reset The total fuel used is cal culated from the fuel consumption input For an accurate calculation drive more than 50 m 0 03 miles Pressing the RESET button for more than 1 second when the average fuel con sumption is being displayed clears the average fuel consumption to zero If the vehicle speed exceeds 1 km h after refueled more than 6 the average fuel consumption will be cleared to zero E Type A E Type B INST Fuel Economy L 100km Instant OTF040065C Instant fuel consumption 1 100 km or MPG This mode calculates the instant fuel consumption every 2 seconds from the driving distance and quantity of fuel injection Features of your vehicle E Type A E Type B Average Speed 92 km h Average 92 km h OTF040066C Average speed km h or MPH This mode calculates the average speed of the vehicle since the last average speed reset Even if the vehicle is not in motion the average speed keeps going while the engine is running Pressing the RESET button for more than 1 second when the average speed is being displayed clears the average speed to zero E Type A E lype B Elapsed Time 12 34 k i 4 a z n Elapsed Time 12 34 OTF040067N Elapsed time This mode indicates the total time trav eled since the last
133. e for use on painted surfaces may be used After washing rinse the vehicle thor oughly with lukewarm or cold water Do not allow soap to dry on the finish 4 CAUTION Do not use strong soap chemical detergents or hot water and do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or when the body of the vehicle is warm Be careful when washing the side windows of your vehicle Especially with high pressure water Water may leak through the windows and wet the interior To prevent damage to the plastic parts and lamps do not clean with chemical solvents or strong detergents 4 CAUTION Water washing in the engine com partment including high pressure water washing may cause the fail ure of electrical circuits located in the engine compartment Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electri cal electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them d OJB037800 Waxing Wax the vehicle when water will no longer bead on the paint Always wash and dry the vehicle before waxing Use a good quality liquid or paste wax and follow the manufacturer s instructions Wax all metal trim to protect it and to maintain its luster Removing oil tar and similar materials with a spot remover will usually strip the wax from the finish Be sure to re wax these areas even if the rest of the vehicle does not yet need waxing 4 CAUTION e Wiping dust or dirt off the body with a dry clo
134. e is designed to seat multiplied by 68 kg 150 pounds j Maintenance O_O eee Occupant Distribution Designated seating positions Outward Facing Sidewall The side of a asymmetrical tire that has a par ticular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle The outward facing sidewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the inner facing sidewall Passenger P Metric Tire A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles Recommended Inflation Pressure Vehicle manufacturer s recommend ed tire inflation pressure and shown on the tire placard Radial Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Rim A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seat ed Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead Speed Rating An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate Traction The friction between the tire and the road surface The amount of grip provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Treadwear Indicat
135. e locks from freezing squirt an approved de icer fluid or glycerine into the key opening If a lock is covered with ice squirt it with an approved de icing fluid to remove the ice If the lock is frozen internally you may be able to thaw it out by using a heated key Handle the heated key with care to avoid injury Use approved window washer anti freeze in system To keep the water in the window washer system from freezing add an approved window washer anti freeze solution in accordance with instructions on the con tainer Window washer anti freeze is available from an authorized Kia dealer and most auto parts outlets Do not use engine coolant or other types of anti freeze as these may damage the paint finish Don t let your parking brake freeze Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged position This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet If there is a risk the parking brake may freeze apply it only temporar ily while you put the shift lever in P auto matic transaxle or in first or reverse gear manual transaxle and block the rear wheels so the vehicle cannot roll Then release the parking brake Driving your vehicle Don t let ice and snow accumu late underneath Under some conditions snow and ice can build up under the fenders and inter fere with the steering When driving in severe winter condit
136. e tags can be registered Entries registered in the phone can also be transferred Press button Say Phonebook The system replies with all available commands To skip the information message oress again and then a beep is heard Say Add Entry Say By Voice to proceed Say the name of the entry when prompted Say Yes to confirm Say the phone number of that entry when prompted Say Store if phone number input is finished Say a phone number type Home Work Mobile Other or Default is available Say Yes to complete adding entry Say Yes to store additional location for this contact or say Cancel to fin ish the process NOTICE The system can recognize single digits from zero to nine Numbers that are ten or greater cannot be recognized You can enter each digit individually or group digits together in preferred string lengths To speed up input it is a good idea to group all digits into a continuous string Recommend to enter the numbers constituted an grouping within all digit numbers to dial 995 734 0000 The display corresponding to each operation appears on the screen as fol lows Input operation example 1 Say Nine nine five Display 995 2 And say Seven three four Display 995734 el Features of your vehicle e Adding Entry by Phone Press butt
137. e the SRS inspected by an authorized Kia dealer Anti lock brake system ABS warning light 3 if equipped This warning light illuminates if the igni tion switch is turned ON and goes off in approximately 3 seconds if the system is operating normally If the ABS warning light remains on comes on while driving or does not come on when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position this indicates that the ABS may have malfunctioned If this occurs have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible The normal braking system will still be operational but without the assis tance of the anti lock brake system Electronic brake force distribution EBD system warning light BRAKE If these two warning lights illuminate at the same time while driving your vehi cle s ABS and EBD system may have malfunctioned In this case your ABS and regular brake system may not work normally Have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible kl Features of your vehicle NOTICE If the ABS warning light or EBD warn ing light is on and stays on the speedometer or odometer tripmeter may not work In this case have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible Seat belt warning As a reminder to the driver the seat belt warning light will blink for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch ON regardless of b
138. e the windshield difficult to clean Contamination of either the windshield or the wiper blades with foreign matter can reduce the effectiveness of the wind shield wipers Common sources of con tamination are insects tree sap and hot wax treatments used by some commer cial car washes If the blades are not wip ing properly clean both the window and the blades with a good cleaner or mild detergent and rinse thoroughly with clean water 4 CAUTION To prevent damage to the wiper blades do not use gasoline kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or near them Blade replacement When the wipers no longer clean ade quately the blades may be worn or cracked and require replacement A CAUTION To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components do not attempt to move the wipers manual ly 4 CAUTION The use of a non specified wiper blade could result in wiper malfunc tion and failure Maintenance 1JBA7037 1LDA5023 Front windshield wiper blade 1 Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiper blade assembly to expose the plastic locking clip 1 Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiper blade assembly to expose the plastic locking clip NOTICE Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against the windshield A CAUTION Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against the windshield since it may chip or crack the windshield 1JBA7038 2 Compress the clip and slide the blade assembly downward
139. e through the ventilation system temporarily set the air intake control to the recirculated air position Be sure to return the control to the fresh air position when the irrita tion has passed to keep fresh air in the vehicle This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable Air for the heating cooling system is drawn in through the grilles just ahead of the windshield Care should be taken that these are not blocked by leaves snow ice or other obstructions To prevent interior fog on the wind shield set the air intake control to the fresh air position and fan speed to the desired position turn on the air condi tioning system and adjust the temper ature control to desired temperature Air conditioning if equipped All Kia Air Conditioning Systems are filled with environmentally friendly R 134a refrigerant which does not dam age the ozone layer 1 Start the engine Push the air condi tioning button 2 Set the mode to the 8 position 3 Set the air intake control to the recir culated air position However pro longed operation of the reticulated air position will excessively dry the air In this case change the air position 4 Adjust the fan speed control and tem perature control to maintain maximum comfort When maximum cooling is desired set the temperature control to the extreme left position set the mode control to the MAX A C position then set the fan speed control to the highest speed
140. ead to an accident Be sure your tires are in good shape e Turn on your headlights to make it eas ier for others to see you Driving too fast through large puddles can affect your brakes If you must go through puddles try to drive through them slowly e If you believe you may have gotten your brakes wet apply them lightly while driving until normal braking oper ation returns Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areas unless you are sure the water is no high er than the bottom of the wheel hub Drive through any water slowly Allow adequate stopping distance because brake performance may be affected After driving through water dry the brakes by gently applying them several times while the vehicle is moving slowly n i i ed Driving your vehicle Highway driving Tires Adjust the tire inflation pressures to specification Low tire inflation pressures will result in overheating and possible failure of the tires Avoid using worn or damaged tires which may result in reduced traction or tire fail ure NOTICE Never exceed the maximum tire inflation pressure shown on the tires Fuel engine coolant and engine oil High speed travel consumes more fuel than urban motoring Do not forget to check both the engine coolant and engine oll Drive belt A loose or damaged drive belt may over heat the engine Driving your vehicle WINTER DRIVING ET JEA e 5 eee sti gt a ao
141. ear tire E E pressures to specification and check lug nut tightness Refer to Tire and wheels in section CBGQ0707A 8 Disc brake pads should be inspected for wear whenever tires are rotated NOTICE Rotate radial tires that have an asymmetric tread pattern only from front to rear and not from right to left Maintenance i Wheel alignment and tire balance The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance In most cases you will not need to have your wheels aligned again However if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling one way or the other the alignment may need to be reset If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road your wheels may need to be rebalanced A CAUTION Improper wheel weights can damage your vehicle s alu minum wheels Use only approved wheel weights A ZA Tread wear indicator 3 lt Tire replacement If the tire is worn evenly a tread wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread This shows there is less than 1 6 mm 1 16 inch of tread left on the tire Replace the tire when this happens Do not wait for the band to appear across the entire tread before replac ing the tire OEN076053 Maintenance Continued Using tires and wheel other than the recommended sizes could cause unusual hand
142. ed for a customer response The system can recognize single digits from zero to nine while number greater than ten will not be recognized The system shall cancel voice recogni tion mode in following cases When pressing the button and saying cancel following the beep When not making a call and pressing the button When voice recognition has failed 3 consecutive times At any time if you say help the system will announce what commands are available E Menu tree The menu tree identifies available voice recognition Bluetooth wireless technol ogy functions Call Name Ex Call John at Home Dial Number Ex Dial 911 Phonebook Features of your vehicle Tip E Voice Operation To get the best performance out of the Voice Recognition System observe the followings Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the window to eliminate surrounding noise traffic noise vibration sounds etc which may disturb recogniz ing the voice command correctly Speak a command after a beep sound within 5 seconds Otherwise the command will not be received properly Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words While receiving voice commands press the button on the steer ing wheel remote controller to ter minate guidance Voice command will convert back to waiting mode to allow the user to say a new voice command m Making a Phone Call e Direct Calling
143. ed position 4 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air or recirculated air position 5 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 6 If air conditioning is desired turn the air conditioning system on Press the AUTO button in order to con vert to full automatic control of the sys tem OTF040133N Mode selection The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the venti lation system Every time you press the mode selection button the mode will change as follows a gt ap aed ved gt F iva Refer to the illustration in the Manual cli mate control system Face Level Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face Additionally each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet Bi Level Air flow is discharged towards the face and floor Floor Level Most of the air flow is directed to the floor with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side win dow defroster Floor Defrost Level Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters el Features of your vehicle OTF040134N e OTF040135 Defrost level Instrument panel vents Temperature control Most of the air flow is directed to the The outlet vents can be opened or closed The temperature control knob allows you windshield with a small amount of air s
144. edal or parking brake Driving your vehicle ACTIVE ECO SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED OTF050024 Active ECO operation Active ECO helps improve fuel efficiency by controlling the engine and transaxle But fuel efficiency can be changed by the driver s driving habits and road condi tions e When the Active ECO button is pressed the ECO indicator green will illuminate to show that the Active ECO is Operating e When the Active ECO is activated it does not turn off even though the engine is restarted again To turn off the system press the active ECO but ton again If Active ECO is turned off it will return to the normal mode Limitation of Active ECO operation If the following conditions occur while Active ECO is operating the system operation is limited even though there is no change in the ECO indicator e When the coolant temperature is low The system will be limited until engine performance becomes normal e When driving up a hill The system will be limited to gain power when driving uphill because the engine torque is restricted When using sports mode The system will be limited according to the shift location When the accelerator pedal is deeply pressed for a few seconds The system will be limited Judging that the driver wants to speed up Driving your vehicle CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED The cruise control system allows you to program the vehicle to maintain a con stant sp
145. eed without depressing the accelerator pedal This system is designed to function above approximately 40 km h 25 mph d WARNING e If the cruise control is left on CRUISE indicator light in the instrument cluster illuminated the cruise control can be switched on accidentally Keep the cruise control system off CRUISE indicator light OFF when the cruise control is not in use to avoid inadvertently set ting a speed Use the cruise control system only when traveling on open highways in good weather Do not use the cruise control when it may not be safe to keep the vehicle at a constant speed for instance driving in heavy or varying traffic or on slippery rainy icy or snow covered or winding roads or over 6 up hill or down hill roads Continued Continued e Pay particular attention to the driving conditions whenever using the cruise control system Be careful when driving downhill using the cruise control system which may increase the vehicle speed A CAUTION During cruise speed driving of a manual transaxle vehicle do not shift into neutral without depress ing the clutch pedal since the engine will be overrevved If this happens depress the clutch pedal or release the cruise control ON OFF switch NOTICE During normal cruise control operation when the SET switch is activated or reactivated after applying the brakes the cruise control will energize after approximately 3 seconds T
146. einstall Remove the fuse panel in the engine compartment Remove the nuts shown in the picture above Replace the fuse with a new one of the same rating in the reverse order of removal Maintenance NOTICE If the multi or starting fuse is blown consult an authorized Kia dealer If the button starting fuse is blown it must be removed as follows 1 Open the cover in the engine compe tent 2 Replace the fuse with a new one of the same rating 3 Close the cover Maintenance Fuse relay panel description Inside the fuse relay panel covers you can find the fuse relay label describing fuse relay name and capacity Instrument panel fuse panel Engine compartment fuse panel NOTICE Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehi cle It is accurate at the time of printing When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle refer to the fuse panel label if eugipped Maintenance Instrument panel fuse panel Fuse Name Fuse rating Gireult Proteste O O O POWER OUTLET I P Junction Box Trunk Relay Fuel Filler Door amp Trunk Lid Switch Trunk Room LP n i amp Navigation Head Unit Audio Smart Key Control Module Overhead Console Lamp 10A Crash Pad Mood Lamp A C Control Module BCM AMP Power Outside Mirror Switch Driver Passenger Door Mood Lamp 0A 75A Front Seat Warmer amp CCS Switch Driver Passenger CCS Control Module Driver Passeng
147. elt fastening If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned on the seat belt warning light and the seat belt warning chime will operate for approxi mately 6 seconds But if it is refastened within the 6 seconds the warning light will blink till the 6 seconds and the warn ing chime will turn off immediately If the driver s seat belt is disconnected after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the seat belt warning light will blink for approximately 6 seconds But if it is fastened within the 6 seconds the warning light will turn off immediately If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the vehicle speed exceeds 10 km h 6 mph the seat belt warning light and chime will operate approximately 11 times with a pattern of 6 seconds on and 24 seconds off until the belt is fastened or the vehicle speed decreases below 5 km h 3 mph Turn signal indicator The blinking green arrows on the instru ment panel show the direction indicated by the turn signals If the arrow comes on but does not blink blinks more rapidly than normal or does not illuminate at all it indicates a malfunction in the turn sig nal system You should consult your deal er for repairs This indicator also blinks when the haz ard warning switch is turned on High beam indicator This indicator illuminates when the head lights are on and in the high beam posi tion or when the turn signal lever is pulled
148. elt sscsersccsesntessncanenssesnsenarssantencaerents 3 24 Seat belt warning a a ORI a 3 19 Seat warmer crccsssstseeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceseesnnsnsnaeeeeeeees 3 9 3 16 Seatback pocket E T 3 12 Oe EEE ssp sau on IA 25 AME ila orari 7 Piosdigifianini ritiri 3 8 3 15 Folding the rear seat ssssssssessssssssesesessesesseesseseeeee 3 13 Front seat adjustment Shite oo ee sss 3 4 Front seat adjustment DOWEL iii 3 6 Lumbar SUPPOrt iii 3 5 3 7 REG ionici inci sero E asl Seatback pocket a 3 12 Climate control segna 3 11 SR NO O TE O TTT 3 9 3 16 Index Shift lock system arene eteeni e 5 19 Side impact air bag eriseeria aisr une 3 56 Smart key ee aa ee ee oe 4 5 Smooth Cornerin geseran nio 5 44 SII I O 5 47 Spare tire Compact spare iis oe a 6 13 Compact spare tire replacement ee E T 7 36 Removing and storing the spare Wisc ee 6 8 Special driving conditions ariirianianiizznioni 5 43 Driving at night ee eee ee 5 44 Driving in flooded areas iririininicii o 5 45 Driving in the rain erro iniziai rioninioni 5 45 Hazardous driving conditions 5 43 Highway driving iii iii 5 46 Rocking the vehicle cirio iii 5 43 Smooth Cornering siii iz 5 44 Speedometer siiciirinini cinici 4 49 Sports Mode ssscrsiciiizieiiarizenio E e razione nioni 5 18 Starting difficulties see engine will not start 6 3 Starting the engine E 5 9 Steering Wheel iccicriiceizionisi iniziai 4 36 Hifi 4 37 Electric power steering e I 4
149. elt warning light and chime will activate to the following table when the ignition switch is in ON posi tion i al Safety features of your vehicle Vehicle i Seat Belt Speed Light Blink Above 10 km h Conditions Warning Pattern er Chime Bel Light Blink Below SI 6 seconds None 3 mph Buckled gt 5 km h 6 an Unbuckled 10 km h SPORE Above 10 km h l Continuously Buckled gt 6mph Unbuckled Below 10 km h None 6mph Seat belt warning y for front passen ger s seat The seat belt warning light will go off if the vehicle speed decreases below 5 OTF030046N Above 10 km h 6 sec on 24 sec off 6 mph 11 times TIE Di The front passenger s seat belt warning km h 3 h If th hicl d le light will activate to the following table 3 mph i ty oe ari Below 5 km h Stop when the ignition switch is in ON posi increases above 5 km h 3 mph the 3 mph tion warning light will blink again 1 Warning pattern repeats 11 times with an interval of 24 seconds If the driver s seat belt is buckled the light will stop within 6 seconds and chime will stop immediately The light will stop within 6 seconds and chime will stop immediately Safety features of your vehicle NOTICE You can find the front passenger s seat belt warning light on the center fascia panel Although the front passenger seat is not occupied the seat belt warning light will blink for 6 seconds
150. em in the ed it will shift the retractor to the Auto cle from causing the seat belt to loosen seat and route the lap shoulder belt Lock child restraint mode and compromise the child restraint sys around or through the restraint follow tem To secure a child restraint system ing the restraint manufacturer s use the following procedure instructions Be sure the seat belt web bing is not twisted 2 Fasten the lap shoulder belt latch into the buckle Listen for the distinct click sound Position the release button so that it Is easy to access in case of an emergency Safety features of your vehicle OEN036103 4 Slowly allow the shoulder portion of the seat belt to retract and listen for an audible clicking or ratcheting sound This indicates that the retractor is in the Auto Lock mode If no distinct sound is heard repeat steps 3 and 4 OEN036104 5 Remove as much slack from the belt as possible by pushing down on the child restraint system while feeding the shoulder belt back into the retractor 6 Push and pull on the child restraint system to confirm that the seat belt is holding it firmly in place If it is not release the seat belt and repeat steps 2 through 6 7 Double check that the retractor is in the Auto Lock mode by attempting to pull more of the seat belt out of the retractor If you cannot the retractor is in the Auto Lock mode To remove the child re
151. en area for more than a short time with the engine running adjust the ventilation system as needed to draw outside air into the vehicle Never sit in a parked or stopped vehi cle for any extended time with the engine running When the engine stalls or fails to start excessive attempts to restart the engine may cause damage to the emission control system Operating precautions for catalytic converters if equipped Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic converter emission control device Therefore the following precautions must be observed e Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gaso line engines e Do not operate the vehicle when there are signs of engine malfunction such as misfire or a noticeable loss of per formance Do not misuse or abuse the engine Examples of misuse are coasting with the ignition off and descending steep grades in gear with the ignition off Do not operate the engine at high idle speed for extended periods 5 minutes or more Do not modify or tamper with any part of the engine or emission control sys tem All inspections and adjustments must be made by an authorized Kia dealer e Avoid driving with a extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the catalytic converter Failure to observe these precautions could result in damage to the catalytic converter and to your vehicle Additionally such actions could void your warranties
152. enever you depress the brake pedal aaa Please remember that some driving con ditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when you first apply or lightly apply the brakes This is normal and does not indicate a problem with your OTF050015 l Meme OTF050014 brakes Parking brake Hand type Applvina the parking brake To engage the parking brake first apply N CAUTION dA leg di the foot brake and then pull up the park To avoid costly brake repairs do To engage the parking brake first apply ing brake lever as far as possible not continue to drive with worn the foot brake and then depress the park brake pads ing brake pedal down as far as possible n addition it is recommended that when e Always replace brake pads as parking the vehicle on a incline the shift complete front or rear axle sets lever should be in a low gear on manual transaxle vehicles or in the P Park posi tion on automatic transaxle vehicles Driving your vehicle A CAUTION e Driving with the parking brake applied will cause excessive brake pad and brake rotor wear e Do not operate the parking brake while the vehicle is moving except in an emergency situation It could damage the vehicle system and make endanger driving safety OTF050017 Releasing the parking brake Foot type To release the parking brake depress the parking brake pedal a second time while applying the foot brake The pedal will automatically extend to t
153. eparately using the thumbwheel to control the temperature of the air flow directed to the side window defrosters Also you can adjust the direction of air ing from the ventilation system To delivered from these vents using the vent change the air temperature in the pas control lever as shown senger compartment turn the knob to the right for warm air or left for cooler air Features of your vehicle OTF040137 Adjusting the driver and passenger side temperature individually 1 Press the DUAL button to operate the driver and passenger side temperature individually Pressing the right temper ature control button will automatically switch to the DUAL mode as well 2 Operate the left temperature control to adjust the driver side temperature Operate the right temperature control to adjust the passenger side tempera ture When the driver side temperature is set to the highest HIGH or lowest LOW temperature setting the DUAL mode is deactivated for maximum heating or cooling Adjusting the driver and passenger side temperature equally 1 Press the DUAL button again to deac tivate DUAL mode The passenger side temperature will be set to the same temperature as the driver side temperature 2 Operate the driver side temperature control switch The driver and passen ger side temperature will be adjusted equally Temperature conversion You can switch the temperature mode between Fahrenheit to Centigrade as f
154. er Seat Warmer Module Tire Pressure Monitoring Module Audio Instrument Cluster Air Bag IND 75A W O Smart Key Burglar Alarm Relay With Smart Key PCM Transaxle Range Switch Rear Seat Warmer Relay LH RH Passenger Seat Manual Switch S _ __ Maintenance Circuit Protected Head Lamp Leveling Device Actuator LH RH Auto Head Lamp Leveling Device Module MODULE 1 7 5A Driver IMS Module ATM Lever Indicator BCM A C Control Module Electro Chromic Mirror Lane Keeping Assist Module Instrument Cluster I P Junction Box Power Window LH Relay Driver Passenger Power Window Safety Module PDM 3 Smart Key Control Module P WDW RH I P Junction Box Power Window RH Relay P SEAT DRV Driver IMS Module Driver Seat Manual Switch Driver Lumbar Support Switch Two Turn Unlock Relay I P Junction Box Door Lock Relay Door Unlock Relay as zon fe Signal Lamp Sound Relay SUNROOF Panorama Sunroof G1 E R Fuse amp Relay Box Fuse ABS 3 10A TCU 2 15A ECU 4 10A AUDIO 15A AN amp Navigation Head Unit Audio Driver Passenger Smart Key Outside Handle Driver IMS Module Lamp Auto Cut Relay Driver Passenger Door Scuff Lamp Ignition Key ILL amp Door Warning Switch A C Control Module Data Link Connector RF Receiver BCM Electro Chromic Mirror Instrument Cluster Auto Light amp Photo Sensor Tire Pressure Monitoring Module Maintenance Engine compartment fuse panel FuseName Fuse rating Circui
155. er speed could damage the tire e Ensure that you drive slowly enough for the road conditions to avoid all hazards Any road hazard such as a pothole or debris could seriously damage the compact A CAUTION e You should drive carefully when the compact spare is in spare use The compact spare e Any continuous road use of this tire should be replaced by the The compact spare should be inflat could result in tire failure loss of proper conventional tire and aq to 420 kPa 60 psi vehicle control and possible per rim at the first opportunity sonal injury e The operation of this vehicle x NOTICE e Do not exceed the vehicle s maxi is not recommended with mum load rating or the load carry more than one compact spare Check the inflation pressure after ing capacity shown on the sidewall tire in use at the same time installing the spare tire Adjust it to of the compact spare tire the specified pressure as necessary Aue d Giving over obstacles Tie compact spare tire diameter is smaller than the diameter of a con ventional tire and reduces the ground clearance approximately 25 mm 1 inch which could result in damage to the vehicle What to do in an emergency Do not take this vehicle through an automatic car wash while the com pact spare tire is installed The compact spare tire should not be installed on the front axle if the vehicle must be driven in snow or on ice Do not use the compact spare tire
156. erate and theft alarm will not arm Close the tailgate or engine hood The hazard warning lights blink once and theft alarm arms Features of your vehicle NOTICE The theft alarm system by the key can be activated by an authorized Kia dealer If you want this feature consult an authorized Kia dealer Do not arm the system until all pas sengers have left the vehicle If the system is armed while a passenger s remains in the vehicle the alarm may be activated when the remaining pas senger s leaves the vehicle If any door or tailgate or engine hood is opened within 30 seconds after the system enters the armed stage the system will be disarmed to prevent unnecessary alarm Theft alarm stage The alarm will be activated if any of the following occurs while the system is armed A front or rear door is opened without using the transmitter or smart key e The tailgate is opened without using the transmitter or smart key The engine hood is opened The horn will sound and the hazard warning lights will blink continuously for approximately 27 seconds To turn off the system unlock the doors with the trans mitter or smart key Disarmed stage The system will be disarmed when Transmitter The door unlock button is pressed The engine is started within 3 sec onds The ignition switch is in the ON posi tion for 30 seconds or more Smart key The door unlock button is pressed
157. es of your vehicle _ P pci OMG038400 Headrest The driver s and front passenger s seats are equipped with a headrest for the occupant s safety and comfort The headrest not only provides comfort for the driver and front passenger but also helps to protect the head and neck in the event of a collision 4 i DIE 907F030012 Forward and backward adjustment The headrest may be adjusted forward to 3 different positions by pulling the head rest forward to the desired detent To adjust the headrest to it s furthest back wards position pull it fully forward to the farthest position and release it Adjust the headrest so that it properly supports the head and neck Safety features of your vehicle Adjusting the height up and down To raise the headrest pull it up to the desired position 1 To lower the head rest push and hold the release button 2 on the headrest support and lower the headrest to the desired position 3 a OTF030011 Removal To remove the headrest raise it as far as it can go then press the release button 1 while pulling the headrest upward 2 To reinstall the headrest put the head rest poles 3 into the holes while press ing the release button 1 Then adjust it to the appropriate height N OTF030045N Seat warmer if equipped The seat warmer is provided to warm the front seats during cold weather While the engine is running push either of the switches to war
158. est The rear seat s is equipped with head rests in the outboard seating positions for the occupant s safety and comfort The headrest not only provides comfort for passengers but also helps protect the head and neck in the event of a collision Safetv features of vour vehicle WARNING e For maximum effectiveness in case of an accident the headrest should be adjusted so the middle of the headrest is at the same height of the center of gravity of an occupant s head Generally the center of gravity of most peo ple s head is similar with the height of the top of their eyes Also adjust the headrest as close to your head as possible For this reason the use of a cushion that holds the body away from the seatback is not recommended Do not operate the vehicle with the headrests removed as severe injury to an occupant may occur in the event of an accident Headrests may provide protec tion against severe neck injuries when properly adjusted Safety features of your vehicle A OTF030017 Adjusting the height up and down To raise the headrest pull it up to the desired position 1 To lower the head rest push and hold the release button 2 on the headrest support and lower the headrest to the desired position 3 OTF030018 Removal To remove the headrest raise it as far as it can go then press the release button 1 while pulling the headrest upward 2 To reinstall the headrest put the head rest
159. evice being programmed to HomeLink for quicker training and accurate transaxle of the radio fre quency signal Some vehicles may require the igni tion switch to be turned to the second or accessories position for pro gramming and or operation of HomeLink In the event that there are still pro gramming difficulties or questions after following the programming steps listed below contact HomeLink at www homelink com or _ 1 800 355 3515 Standard programming To train most devices follow these instructions la 3 For first time programming press and hold the two outside buttons HomeLink Channel 1 and Channel 3 Buttons until the indicator light begins to flash after 20 seconds Release both buttons Do not hold the buttons for longer than 30 seconds Position the end of your hand held transmitter 2 8 cm 1 3 inches away from the HomeLink buttons while keeping the indicator light in view Simultaneously press and hold both the HomeLink and hand held trans mitter button DO NOT release the but tons until step 4 has been completed 4 While continuing to hold the buttons the red Indicator Status LED will flash slowly and then rapidly after HomeLink successfully trains to the frequency signal from the hand held transmitter Release both buttons 5 Press and hold 6 To program the just trained HomeLink button and observe the red Status Indicator LED If the indicator light stays o
160. ew E dalai etnea 2 2 Interlock system E a aie aja araisiare auase ares 5 20 Jack and tools da Dada sali Sal dai di add ad de dd ad Gane 6 7 Jump starting E a Gioia ae acetone 6 4 Key positions SOC T r RICCO ICRC Cro 5 4 Keys E N E RR Te 4 2 L Label Air bag warning label a aareclsineis db Ada RESA 3 66 Tire sidewall labeling GAARA a 7 37 Tire specification and pressure label 000 8 7 Vehicle certification label POOR OOO III 8 6 Latch system see lower anchor system 3 37 Lighting a bpada ded A ETA 4 80 Battery saver function fu Gin ts Gia Paesana aaa 4 80 Headlight escort function RIOT 4 80 Headlight leveling device adlala a 0 a a a d dlelnia to elia ad 4 80 Lower anchor system sis tases 61s ala Sela Tit 3 37 Lubricants and capacities PE bie E treveesceyeeie sere eie 8 4 Lumbar support PROC OO opr roc oe 3 5 3 7 Oo OE Maintenance Explanation of scheduled maintenance items 7 12 Maintenance smsles Cr ee eee 7 3 Maintenance under severe usage conditions eee 7 11 OL UismlinlilisiGlive tt re rr 7 5 Tire maintenance ssssssssssssssssesssseeseessessesseesessessessseseeeee 7 44 Maintenance Servino 7 3 Manual climate control System iii 4 92 Air conditioning suini nina ie e 4 97 Climate control sirnfilteri scarna 4 100 Heating and air conditioning erezioni 4 93 Manvalinancazie sacanoraniin air 5 12 Memory fuse ninni 7 47 ein 4 39 Day night rearview mirror sscriinia nni 4 39 Electric chromic mi
161. fies summer tires on some models to provide superior perform ance on dry roads Summer tire per formance is substantially reduced in snow and ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M S Mud and Snow on the tire side wall if you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions Kia recom mends the use of snow tires or all season tires on all four wheels Snow tires If you equip your car with snow tires they should be the same size and have the same load capacity as the Original tires Snow tires should be installed on all four wheels other wise poor handling may result Snow tires should carry 28 kPa 4 psi more air pressure than the pres sure recommended for the standard tires on the tire label on the driver s side of the center pillar or up to the maximum pressure shown on the tire sidewall whichever is less Do not drive faster than 120 km h 75 mph when your vehicle is equipped with snow tires Maintenance O_O eee Radial ply tires Radial ply tires provide improved tread life road hazard resistance and smoother high speed ride The radi al ply tires used on this vehicle are of belted construction and are selected to complement the ride and handling characteristics of your vehicle Radial ply tires have the same load carrying capacity as bias ply or bias belted tires of the same size and use the same recommended inflation pressure Mixing of radial ply tires with bias ply or bi
162. following functions the button should be pressed for 0 8 seconds or more RADIO mode It will function as the AUTO SEEK select button CD USB iPod mode It will function as the FF REW button If the SEEK PRESET button is pressed for less than 0 8 seconds it will work as follows in each mode RADIO mode It will function as the PRESET STATION buttons CD USB iPod mode It will function as TRACK UP DOWN but ton MODE 3 Press the button to change audio source FM 1 2 AM SAT 1 3 CD USB AUX iPod FM In addition to mode change Power on off can be made by pressing this button when the ignition switch is on ACC or ON Power ON Press the button when the audio is off Power OFF Press the button for more than 0 8seconds when the audio is on MUTE 4 if equipped e Press the button to mute the sound Press the button to turn off the micro phone during a telephone call Detailed information for audio control buttons are described in the following pages in this section dn i i E pi i Features of your vehicle Pm Aux USB and iPod port If your vehicle has an aux and or USB universal serial bus port or iPod port you can use an aux port to connect audio devices and an USB port to plug in an USB and also an iPod port to plug in an iPod NOTICE When using a portable audio device connected to the power outlet noise may occur during playback If this happe
163. for more severe impacts The passenger s front air bag is designed to help reduce the injury of children sit ting close to the instrument panel in low speed collisions However children are safer if they are restrainted in the rear seat According to the impact severity seating position and seat belt usage the SRSCM SRS Control Module controls the air bag inflation Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or sever ity of injury in an accident Additionally your vehicle is equipped with an occupant detection system in the front passenger s seat The occupant detection system detects the presence of a passenger in the front passenger s seat and will turn off the front passenger s air bag under certain conditions For more detail see Occupant detection system in this section WARNING e Modification to the seat structure can adversely affect the seat track position sensor if equipped and cause the air bag to deploy at a different level than should be provided Do not place any objects under neath the front seats as they could damage the seat track position sensor or interfere with the occupant detection system Do not place any objects that may cause magnetic fields near the front seat These may cause a malfunction of the seat track position sensor Safety features of your vehicle WARNING Manufacturers are required by gov ernment regulations to provide a contact point concern
164. from the brakes or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal This is normal and it means your ABS is active In order to obtain the maximum benefit from your ABS in an emergency situa tion do not attempt to modulate your brake pressure and do not try to pump your brakes Press your brake pedal as hard as possible or as hard as the situa tion allows the ABS to control the force being delivered to the brakes NOTICE A click sound may be heard in the engine compartment when the vehicle begins to move after the engine is start ed These conditions are normal and indicate that the anti lock brake system is functioning properly Even with the anti lock brake system your vehicle still requires sufficient stopping distance Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you Always slow down when cornering The anti lock brake system cannot pre vent accidents resulting from exces sive speeds On loose or uneven road surfaces operation of the anti lock brake system may result in a longer stopping dis tance than for vehicles equipped with a conventional brake system 4 CAUTION e If the ABS warning light is on and stays on you may have a problem with the ABS In this case howev er your regular brakes will work normally The ABS warning light will stay on for approximately 3 seconds after the ignition switch is ON During that time the ABS will go through self diagnosis and the light will g
165. front portion of the switch to warm the seat When the operation of the climate control seat is not needed keep the switch in the OFF position e Each time you push the button the air flow is changed as follows SII SII TS e The climate control seat defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition switch is turned on 4 CAUTION The climate control seat is a sup plementary cooling heating sys tem Use the climate control seat when the climate control system is on Using the climate control seat for prolonged periods of time with the climate control system off could cause the climate con trol seat performance to impair When cleaning the seats do not use an organic solvent such as paint thinner benzene alcohol and gasoline Doing so may dam age the surface of the seats Do not spill liquid such as water or beverages on the surface of the front seats and seatbacks or the air vent holes may be blocked and prevented from working properly Do not place materials such as plastic bags or newspapers under the seats The air vent may not work properly as the air intake can be blocked When the air vent does not oper ate restart the vehicle If there Is no change have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer Safety features of your vehicle WARNING Passengers should use extreme caution when using the climate control seat to warm due to the possibility of excess heating or burns The occ
166. ft dust boots an E DIC I Seat belts buckles amp anchors Seo EE a E EE En Ea l Lock hinges amp hood latch if equipped j Maintenance RRR Chart symbols l Inspect these items and their related parts If necessary correct clean refill adjust or replace R Replace or change L Lubricate 1 Refer to the lubricant and coolant specifications in the Owner s Manual 2 More frequent maintenance is required if driving under dusty conditions 3 More frequent maintenance is required if the vehicle is operated under any of the following conditions a Short distance driving b Driving on dusty roads c Extensive idling or slow speed driving in stop and go traffic 4 If necessary rotate and balance the wheels 5 If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive is recommended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Note Check the engine oil and coolant levels every week Maintenance i III MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS T GDI ENGINE The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals
167. function Indicator Light illumi nates potential catalytic converter damage This could result in loss of engine power Have the Engine Control System inspected as soon as possible by an authorized Kia dealer ESC indicator Electronic Stability Control ee The ESC indicator will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON but should go off after approximately 3 sec onds When the ESC is on it monitors the driving conditions Under normal driv ing conditions the ESC indicator will remain off When a slippery or low trac tion condition is encountered the ESC will operate and the ESC indicator will blink to indicate the ESC is operating ESC OFF indicator ee OFF The ESC OFF indicator will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON but should go off after approximately 3 seconds To switch to ESC OFF mode press the ESC OFF button The ESC OFF indicator will illuminate indicating the ESC is deactivated If this indicator stays on when ESC OFF is not selected the ESC may have malfunctioned Take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked n i i i el Features of your vehicle Cruise indicator if equipped CRUISE indicator CRUISE The indicator illuminates when the cruise control system is enabled The cruise indicator in the instrument cluster is illuminated when the cruise control ON OFF button on the steering wheel is pushed The indicator goes off when the cruise
168. fuses are used blade type for lower amperage rating cartridge type and multi fuse for higher amperage rat ings Maintenance 4 CAUTION Do not use a screwdriver or any other metal object to remove fuses because it may cause a short circuit and damage the system Maintenance If the headlights or other electrical com ponents do not work and the fuses are OK check the fuse panel in the engine compartment If a fuse is blown it must be replaced a 0TF070018 Instrument panel fuse replace 3 Pull the suspected fuse straight out ment Use the removal tool provided in the 1 Turn the ignition switch and all other engine compartment fuse panel switches off 4 Check the removed fuse replace it if it 2 Open the fuse panel cover is blown 5 Push in a new fuse of the same rating and make sure it fits tightly in the clips If it fits loosely consult an authorized Kia dealer If you do not have a spare use a fuse of the same rating from a circuit you may not need for operating the vehicle such as the cigarette lighter fuse OTF070019 Memory fuse Your vehicle is equipped with a memory fuse to prevent battery discharge if your vehicle is parked without being operated for prolonged periods Use the following procedures before parking the vehicle for prolonged periods 1 Turn off the engine 2 Turn off the headlights and tail lights 3 Open the driver s side panel cover and pull up the memory fu
169. g and cooling system as follows 1 Press the AUTO button The modes fan speeds air intake and air condi tioning will be controlled automatically by setting the temperature 2 Set the temperature control knob to the desired temperature If the temperature is set to the lowest setting Lo the air conditioning sys tem will operate continuously 3 To turn the automatic operation off select any button or switch of the fol lowing e Mode selection button Air conditioning button Front windshield defroster button Air intake control button Fan speed control switch The selected function will be controlled manually while other functions operate automatically For your convenience and to improve the effectiveness of the climate control use the AUTO button and set the temperature to 23 C 73 F y OTF040132 NOTICE Never place anything over the sensor located on the instrument panel to ensure better control of the heating and cooling system Features of your vehicle Manual heating and air condition ing The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pushing buttons other than the AUTO button In this case the system works sequentially according to the order of buttons selected 1 Start the engine 2 Set the mode to the desired position To improve the effectiveness of heat ing and cooling Heating Na Cooling Sa 3 Set the temperature control to the desir
170. g assist system pre cautions e The rear parking assist system may not sound sequentially depending on the speed and shapes of the objects detected e The rear parking assist system may malfunction if the vehicle bumper height or sensor installation has been modified or damaged Any non factory installed equipment or accessories may also interfere with the sensor per formance The sensor may not recognize objects less than 40 cm 15 in from the sen sor or it may sense an incorrect dis tance Use caution e When the sensor is frozen or stained with snow dirt or water the sensor may be inoperative until the stains are removed using a soft cloth e Do not push scratch or strike the sen sor Sensor damage could occur Features of your vehicle NOTICE This system can only sense objects with in the range and location of the sensors It can not detect objects in other areas where sensors are not installed Also small or slim objects such as poles or objects located between sensors may not be detected by the sensors Always visually check behind the vehi cle when backing up Be sure to inform any drivers of the vehicle that may be unfamiliar with the system regarding the systems capabili ties and limitations Self diagnosis If you dont hear an audible warning sound or if the buzzer sounds intermit tently when shifting the gear to the R Reverse position this may indicate a malfunction in the rear par
171. g brake clutch fluid clean the area ime E A ba Used as cia around the reservoir cap thoroughly to quality cannot be guaranteed It po yaa brake clutch fluid contamina should be disposed of properly i Don t put in the wrong kind of fluid if equipped A few drops of mineral based oil such as engine oil in your brake clutch system can damage brake clutch system parts Maintenance OTF070010 Checking the washer fluid level Check the fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir and add fluid if necessary Plain water may be used if washer fluid is not available However use washer solvent with antifreeze characteristics in cold cli mates to prevent freezing Maintenance PARKING BRAKE If the stroke is more or less than speci fied have the parking brake adjusted by an authorized Kia dealer ve I Type B AA icona Check the stroke of the parking brake by i pic counting the number of clicks heard while fully applying it from the released position Also the parking brake alone should securely hold the vehicle on a fair ly steep grade If the stroke is more or less than speci fied have the parking brake adjusted by an authorized Kia dealer Stroke 6 8 clicks at a force of 20 kg 44 lbs 196 N OTF050014 Checking the parking brake Type A Check whether the stroke is within spec ification when the parking brake pedal is depressed with 20 kg 44 lb 196 N of force Also the par
172. gic Windshield 000000 4 111 Defroster Rear Window j assioni 4 91 Defrosting Windshield eresiaren 4 109 B E E e e ini 060006601211 4 118 Dinen on e a E g 2 Display illumination see instrument panel E T T E E N EEEE 4 49 Displays see instrument cluster eesssssssssssssessesessssesseseo 4 48 Distance to service ssssssssssssssessessesssssseseesesesseseseeeeseeee 4 55 Door 1G eect teeetcticrdacuacatcnrcdosonsctaivnanadummnaunsaeatieiasiaabusainoads 4 13 Central door lock switch ie 4 15 Child protector rear door lock rciicreiionizonie 4 17 Drinks holders see cup holders seess 4 116 Driver s 3 point system with evergency locking LELL ACLOr 000000 rcrcrrrcerecisconiceieonionecesicreconeosionionecazeoseonio 3 21 Index Driver s air bagnini 3 52 Driver s position Memory system ci 4 34 Driving at night ee ee E 5 44 Driving in flooded areas ninni 5 45 Driving in the raime ieir saries 5 45 BE Economical operation ricono is 5 41 Electric chromic mirror ECM with HomeLink system ANG COMPASS cercrcerecicraserezis esere sione nezzonesein in zzizi zione rioni Electric power steering ee T 4 36 Electronic stability control ESC iii 5 28 Emergency starting rare 6 4 Jump starting Rara 6 4 Push starting Se ee ee 6 5 Emergency while drivingisniianirizzznina t 6 2 Emission control SYSTEM iii 7 62 Crankcase emission control system ii 7 62 Evaporative emission control System sssseeeeeeeeeees 7 62 Exhaust em
173. h is turned to the ON or START position Air bags inflate instantly in the event of serious frontal or side collision if equipped with side impact air bag or curtain air bag in order to help protect the occupants from serious physical injury There is no single speed at which the air bags will inflate Generally air bags are designed to inflate based upon the severity of a col lision and its direction These two fac tors determine whether the sensors produce an electronic deployment inflation signal Air bag deployment depends on a number of complex factors including vehicle speed angles of impact and the density and stiffness of the vehi cles or objects which your vehicle hits in the collision Though factors are not limited to those mentioned above The front air bags will completely inflate and deflate in an instant It is virtually impossible for you to see the air bags inflate during an accident It is much more likely that you will sim ply see the deflated air bags hanging out of their storage compartments after the collision In order to help provide protection in a severe collision the air bags must inflate rapidly The speed of air bag inflation is a consequence of extremely short time in which a collision occurs and the need to get the air bag between the occupant and the vehicle structures before the occupant impacts those structures This speed of inflation reduces the risk of serious or life threatening
174. he upright position Children age 12 and under must always be properly restrained in the rear seat Never allow chil dren to ride in the front passen ger seat If a child over 12 must be seated in the front seat he she must be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as possible Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm or behind your back An improperly positioned shoulder belt can cause serious injuries in a crash The shoulder belt should be positioned midway over your shoulder across your collarbone Continued Continued e Avoid wearing twisted seat belts A twisted belt can t do its job as well In a collision it could even cut into you Be sure the belt webbing is straight and not twist ed Be careful not to damage the belt webbing or hardware If the belt webbing or hardware is dam aged replace it WARNING Seat belts are designed to bear upon the bony structure of the body and should be worn low across the front of the pelvis or the pelvis chest and shoulders as applicable wearing the lap section of the belt across the abdominal area must be avoided Seat belts should be adjusted as firmly as possible consistent with comfort to provide the protection for which they have been designed A slack belt will greatly reduce the protection afforded to the wearer Care should be taken to avoid con tamination of the webbing with pol ishes oils and chemicals and par ticularl
175. he air conditioning had been in use it is nor mal for cold water to be draining from it when you stop Serious loss of coolant indicates there is a leak in the cooling system and this should be checked as soon as possible by an authorized Kia dealer What to do in an emergency IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE la Jacking instructions The jack is provided for emergency tire changing only To prevent the jack from rattling while the vehicle is in motion store it properly Follow jacking instructions to reduce the possibility of personal injury OTF060002 Jack and tools The spare tire jack jack handle and wheel lug nut wrench are stored in the luggage compartment Remove the luggage under tray out of the way to reach the equipment 1 Jack handle 2 Jack 3 Wheel lug nut wrench j W hat to do in an emergenc 2 ONFOCEONS Removing and storing the spare tire Turn the tire hold down wing bolt counterclockwise Store the tire in the reverse order of removal To prevent the spare tire and tools from rattling while the vehicle is in motion store them properly OED066033 Changing tires 1 Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake firmly 2 Shift the shift lever into R Revers
176. he automatic transaxle has 6 forward speeds and one reverse speed The indi vidual speeds are selected automatically depending on the position of the shift lever NOTICE The first few shifts on a new vehicle if the battery has been disconnected may be somewhat abrupt This is a normal condition and the shifting sequence will adjust after shifts are cycled a few times by the TCM Transaxle Control Module or PCM Powertrain Control Module z Depress the brake pedal and the lock release button when shifting Press the button when shifting gt The shift lever can be shifted freely OTF050010 1 dn i n i E i n Driving your vehicle For smooth operation depress the brake Transaxle ranges pedal when shifting from N Neutral toa CAUTION The indicator light in the instrument clus forward or reverse gear e To avoid damage to your ter displays the shift lever position when transaxle do not accelerate the the ignition switch is in the ON position engine in R Reverse or any for ward gear position with the P Park brakes on When stopped on an upgrade do not hold the vehicle with engine power Use the service brake or the parking brake Do not shift from N Neutral or P Park into D Drive or R Reverse when the engine is above idle speed Always come to a complete stop before shifting into P Park This position locks the transaxle and prevents the front wheels from rotating Driving yo
177. he fully released position OTF050016 Hand type To release the parking brake first apply the foot brake and pull up the parking brake lever slightly Secondly depress the release button 1 and lower the parking brake lever 2 while holding the button Driving your vehicle If the parking brake does not release or does not release all the way have the system checked by an authorized Kia dealer 44 WARNING e To prevent unintentional move ment when stopped and leaving the vehicle do not use the gearshift lever in place of the parking brake Set the parking brake AND make sure the gearshift lever is securely posi tioned in 1st First gear or R Reverse for manual transaxle equipped vehicles and in P Park for automatic transaxle equipped vehicles Never allow anyone who is unfa miliar with the vehicle to touch the parking brake If the parking brake is released unintentionally serious injury may occur All vehicles should always have the parking brake fully engaged when parking to avoid inadver tent movement of the vehicle which can injure occupants or pedestrians DE BRAKE Check the brake warning light by turning the ignition switch ON do not start the engine This light will illuminate when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position Before driving be sure the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off If the brake warning ligh
178. heir seats with their seat belts on and their feet on the floor Passengers should not move out of or change seats while the vehicle is moving A passenger who is not wear ing a seat belt during a crash or emer gency stop can be thrown against the inside of the vehicle against other occupants or out of the vehicle Each seat belt is designed to restrain one occupant If more than one person uses the same seat belt they could be seriously injured or killed in a collision Do not use any accessories on seat belts Devices claiming to improve occupant comfort or repositioning the seat belt can reduce the protection provided by the seat belt and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash Passengers should not place hard or sharp objects between them selves and the air bags Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap or in your mouth can result in injuries if an air bag inflates Keep occupants away from the air bag covers All occupants should sit upright fully back in their seats with their seat belts on and their feet on the floor If occupants are too close to the air bag covers they could be injured if the air bags inflate Do not attach or place objects on or near the air bag covers Any object attached to or placed on the front or side air bag covers could interfere with the proper operation of the air bags Do not modify the front seats Modification of the front seats could interfere with the operation of the s
179. hicle E Type A OTF040053C E Type B OTF040052 Instrument panel illumination The instrument panel illumination intensi ty can be adjusted by pressing the con trol switch with the headlight switch in any position when the ignition switch is in the ON position The illumination intensity is shown on the instrument cluster LCD display aiai 14 lt gt 100 am 160 80 A 180 OTF040054C Gauges Speedometer The speedometer indicates the forward speed of the vehicle The speedometer is calibrated in kilome ters per hour and or miles per hour E Type A OTF040055 E Type B Ee OTF040056 Tachometer The tachometer indicates the approxi mate number of engine revolutions per minute rpm Use the tachometer to select the correct shift points and to prevent lugging and or over revving the engine Features of your vehicle The tachometer pointer may move slight ly when the ignition switch is in ACC or ON position with the engine OFF This movement is normal and will not affect the accuracy of the tachometer once the engine is running m Type B p 4 CAUTION Do not operate the engine within the tachometer s RED ZONE This may cause severe engine damage OTF040058 4 CAUTION Fuel gauge Avoid driving with extremely low The fuel gauge indicates the approxi fuel level Running out of fuel could mate amount of fuel remaining in the fuel Cause the engine to misfire damag tank The fue
180. his delay is normal To set cruise control speed 1 Press the CRUISE ON OFF button on the steering wheel to turn the system on The CRUISE indicator light in the instrument cluster will illuminate 2 Accelerate to the desired speed which must be more than 40 km h 25 mph Driving your vehicle OTF050021 OTF050022 OTF050021 3 Move the lever 1 down to SET and To increase cruise control set To decrease the cruising speed release it at the desired speed The speed Follow either of these procedures SET indicator light in the instrument cluster will iluminate Release the accel OW etiher of these procedures e Move the lever 1 down to SET and erator at the same time The desired Move the lever 1 up to RES and hold it Your vehicle will gradually slow nta hold it Your vehicle will accelerate down Release the lever at the speed speed will automatically be maintained Do O de th hic Release the lever at the speed you you want to maintain Di a steep gra e t 0 hee want e Move the lever 1 down to SET and n speed Up SIJWY WME JONI Move the lever 1 up to RES and release it immediately The cruising release it immediately The cruising speed will decrease by 1 6 km h 1 0 speed will increase by 1 6 km h 1 0 mph each time the lever is operated in mph each time the lever is operated in this manner this manner Driving your vehicle To temporarily accelerate with the cruise cont
181. if equipped LO Normal wiper speed HI Fast wiper speed NOTICE If there is heavy accumulation of snow or ice on the windshield defrost the windshield for about 10 minutes or until the snow and or ice is removed before using the windshield wipers to ensure proper operation Features of your vehicle x Fon Zo En senso OYF049103 Auto control if equipped The rain sensor located on the upper end of the windshield glass senses the amount of rainfall and controls the wiping cycle for the proper interval The more it rains the faster the wiper operates When the rain stops the wiper stops To vary the speed setting turn the speed control knob 1 when the ignition switch is ON the wiper will operate once to perform a self check If the wiper switch is set in AUTO mode of the system Set the wiper to OFF posi tion when the wiper is not in use A CAUTION When the ignition switch is ON and the windshield wiper switch is placed in the AUTO mode use cau tion in the following situations to avoid any injury to the hands or other parts of the body e Do not touch the upper end of the windshield glass facing the rain sensor e Do not wipe the upper end of the windshield glass with a damp or wet cloth e Do not put pressure on the wind shield glass A CAUTION When washing the vehicle set the wiper switch in the OFF position to stop the auto wiper operation The wiper may operate and
182. ift ed not the rear HXD02 HXD03 4 CAUTION e Do not tow with sling type equip ment Use wheel lift or flatbed equipment e Do not tow the vehicle backwards with the front wheels on the ground as this may cause dam age to the vehicle What to do in an emergency When towing your vehicle in an emer gency without wheel dollies 1 Set the ignition switch in the ACC posi tion 2 Place the shift lever in N Neutral 3 Release the parking brake A CAUTION Failure to place the transaxle shift lever in N Neutral may cause inter nal damage to the transaxle Engine compartment 7 2 Maintenance services 7 3 Owner maintenance 7 5 Maintenance schedule 7 7 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items 7 12 Engine oil 7 15 Engine coolant 7 17 Brake clutch fluid 7 20 Washer fluid 7 21 Parking brake 7 22 Air cleaner 7 23 Climate control air filter 7 24 Wiper blades 7 25 Battery 7 28 Tires and wheels 7 31 Fuses 7 45 Maintenance Appearance care 7 56 Emission control system 7 62 Maintenance ENGINE COMPARTMENT E 2 4L Engine Engine coolant reservoir Engine oil filler cap Brake clutch fluid reservoir Fuse box Positive battery terminal 1 2 3 4 Air cleaner E 2 0L Engine 9 6 N Negative battery terminal 8 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 9 Engine oil dipstick 10 Radiator cap OTF070002 OYF071200N
183. igned to provide pro tection from unauthorized entry into the vehicle This system is operated in three stages the first is the Armed stage the second is the Theft alarm stage and the third is the Disarmed stage If trig gered the system provides an audible alarm with blinking of the hazard warning lights Armed stage Park the vehicle and stop the engine Arm the system as described below 1 Remove the ignition key from the igni tion switch and exit the vehicle 2 Make sure that all doors and tailgate and engine hood are closed and latched 3 Lock the doors by depressing the door lock button on the transmitter or smart key After completion of the steps above the hazard warning lights will blink once to indicate that the system is armed If any door tailgate or engine hood remains open the hazard warning lights won t operate and theft alarm will not arm After this if all doors tail gate and engine hood are closed the hazard warning lights blink once Lock the doors by pressing the button of the front outside door handles with the smart key in your possession After completion of the steps above the hazard warning lights will blink once to indicate that the system is armed If any door remains open the hazard warning lights won t operate and theft alarm will not arm Close the door and try again to lock the doors If tailgate or engine hood remains open the hazard warning lights won t op
184. ildren in rear seat Never allow a child to stand up or kneel on the seat or floorboard of a moving vehicle During a colli sion or sudden stop the child can be violently thrown against the vehicles interior resulting in serious injury Continued child safety seat that hooks over a seatback it may not pro vide adequate security in an acci dent Seat belts can become very hot especially when the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight Always check the seat belt buckles before fastening them over a child After an accident have an author ized Kia dealer check the child restraint system seat belt tether anchor and lower anchor If there is not enough space to place the child restraint system because of the driver s seat install the child restraint system in the rear right seat Safety features of your vehicle Rearward facing child restraint system T 4 dl OTQ037038 Using a child restraint system For small children and babies the use of a child seat or infant seat is required This child seat or infant seat should be of appropriate size for the child and should be installed in accordance with the man ufacturer s instructions For safety reasons we recommend that the child restraint system be used in the rear seats WARNING Never place a rear facing child restraint in the front passenger seat because of the danger that an inflating passenger side air bag cou
185. imming Mirror with a Z Nav Electronic Compass Display and an Integrated HomeLink Wireless Control System During nighttime driving this feature will automatically detect and reduce rearview mirror glare while the compass indicates the direction the vehi cle is pointed The HomeLink Universal Transceiver allows you to activate your garage door s electric gate home light ing etc n i n el Features of your vehicle 1521314151617 Channel 1 button Channel 2 button Status indicator LED Channel 3 button Rear light sensor Dimming ON OFF button Compass control button 8 OYF049230C Automatic Dimming Night Vision Safety NVS Mirror The NVS Mirror in your vehicle is the most advanced way to reduce annoying glare in the rearview mirror during any driving situation For more information regarding NVS mirrors and other appli cations please refer to the Gentex web site www gentex com 4 CAUTION The NVS Mirror automatically reduces glare during driving condi tions based upon light levels moni tored in front of the vehicle and from the rear of the vehicle These light sensors are visible through openings in the front and rear of the mirror case Any object that obstructs either light sensor will degrade the automatic dimming control feature Automatic dimming function Your mirror will automatically dim upon detecting glare from the vehicles travel ing behind you The auto dimming func
186. ine Replace every 72 000 km or 36 months ale speed E E Hf HH HH Valve clearance i nn Hn HH XxX amp Add fuel Additive 5 Add every 12 000 km or 12 months _ j Maintenance Chassis and body MAINTENANCE Kilometers or time in months whichever comes first INTERVALS 72 MAINTENANCE RE 72 ITEM Air conditioner compressor operation 2 refrigerant amount Climate control air filter mis Exhaust pipes heat shield amp mountings ar Front suspension ball joints i i Brakes clutch fluid 1 Front brake pads amp discs 3 Rear brake pads amp discs drums 3 ii l Parking brake naar nf fF DO Brake lines amp connections ra oan ey ey ey Ee te Manual transaxle oil 1 I a IS Clutch amp brake pedal free play a if equipped Maintenance Chassis and body Continued MAINTENANCE Kilometers or time in months whichever comes first INTE RVALS BARRERA e 1000 kml 16 ES 22 i e i e a ITEM pronte a e aw mame foe elem a eo HA ih Chassis amp underbody bolts amp nuts it ft Tire condition amp inflation pressure ot Wheel alignment 4 Inspect when abnormal condition noted Tire rotation Rotate the tires every 12 000 km Steering operation amp linkage EE EE EE EE EE EE EE Oy Drivesha
187. ing a single HomeLink button To program a new device to a previously trained HomeLink button follow these steps 1 Press and hold the desired HomeLink button Do NOT release until step 4 has been completed 2 When the indicator light begins to flash slowly after 20 seconds position the handheld transmitter 1 to 3 inches away from the HomeLink surface 3 Press and hold the handheld transmit ter button The HomeLink indicator light will flash first slowly and then rap idly 4 When the indicator light begins to flash rapidly release both buttons 5 Press and hold the just trained HomeLink button and observe the red Status Indicator LED If the indicator light stays on constantly programming is complete and your new device should activate Erasing HomeLink buttons Individual buttons cannot be erased However to erase all three programmed buttons 1 Press and hold the two outer HomeLink buttons until the indicator light begins to flash after 20 seconds 2 Release both buttons Do not hold for longer than 30 seconds The Integrated HomeLink Wireless Control System is now in the training learn mode and can be programmed at any time following the appropriate steps in the Programming sections above FCC ID NZLZTVHL3 IC 4112A ZTVHL3 This device complies with Industry Canada standard RSS 210 Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmf
188. ing may damage the engine Driving your vehicle e During cold weather shifting may be difficult until the transaxle lubricant is warmed up This is normal and not harmful to the transaxle e If you ve come to a complete stop and it s hard to shift into 1st or R Reverse leave the shift lever at neutral position and release the clutch Depress the clutch pedal back down and then shift into 1st or R Reverse gear position 4 CAUTION e To avoid premature clutch wear and damage do not drive with your foot resting on the clutch pedal Also don t use the clutch to hold the vehicle on an uphill grade while waiting for a traffic light etc Do not use the shift lever as a handrest during driving as this can result in premature wear of the transaxle shift forks Using the clutch The clutch should be depressed all the way to the floor before shifting then released slowly The clutch pedal should always be fully released while driving Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driving This can cause unneces sary wear Do not partially engage the clutch to hold the vehicle on an incline This causes unnecessary wear Use the foot brake or parking brake to hold the vehicle on an incline Do not operate the clutch pedal rapidly and repeatedly Downshifting When you must slow down in heavy traf fic or while driving up steep hills down shift before the engine starts to labor Downshifting reduces the chance
189. ing modifica tions to the vehicle for persons with disabilities which modifications may affect the vehicle s advanced air bag system However Kia does not endorse nor will it support any changes to any part or structure of the vehicle that could affect the advanced air bag system including the occupant detection system Specifically the front passenger seat dashboard or door should not be replaced except by an author ized Kia dealer using original Kia parts designed for this vehicle and model Any other such replacement or modification could adversely affect the operation of the occupant detection system and your advanced air bags For the same reason do not attach anything to the seat dashboard or door even temporarily If the system is adversely affected it could cause severe personal injuries or death in a collision NOTICE Be sure to read information about the SRS on the labels provided on the sun visor Advanced air bags are combined with pre tensioner seat belts to help provide enhanced occupant protection in frontal crashes Front air bags are not intended to deploy in collisions in which sufficient protection can be provided by the pre tensioner seat belt alone WARNING Always use seat belts and child restraints every trip every time everyone Air bags inflate with con siderable force and in the blink of an eye Seat belts help keep occu pants in proper position to obtain maximum benef
190. ion Features of your vehicle Tilt steering Tilt steering allows you to adjust the steering wheel before you drive You can also raise it to give your legs more room when you exit and enter the vehicle The steering wheel should be positioned so that it is comfortable for you to drive while permitting you to see the instru ment panel warning lights and gauges Me OTF040037 To change the steering wheel angle pull down the lock release lever 1 adjust the steering wheel to the desired angle 2 and height if equipped 3 then pull up the lock release lever to lock the steering wheel in place Be sure to adjust the steering wheel to the desired position before driving OTF040039 Horn To sound the horn press the horn sym bol on your steering wheel Check the horn regularly to be sure it operates properly NOTICE To sound the horn press the area indi cated by the horn symbol on your steer ing wheel see illustration The horn will operate only when this area is pressed Features of your vehicle 4 CAUTION Do not strike the horn severely to operate it or hit it with your fist Do not press on the horn with a sharp pointed object OTF040038 Heated steering wheel if equipped With the ENGINE START STOP button in the ON position pressing the heated steering wheel button warms the steering wheel The indicator on the button will illuminate To turn the steering wheel off p
191. ions where this may happen you should periodically check underneath the car to be sure the move ment of the front wheels and the steering components is not obstructed Carry emergency equipment Depending on the severity of the weath er you should carry appropriate emer gency equipment Some of the items you may want to carry include tow straps or chains flashlight emergency flares sand a shovel jumper cables a window scraper gloves ground cloth coveralls a blanket etc Driving your vehicle VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY HOMBRE DE PLACES The combines weigh of occupants and cargo should newer exceed Le posds hual des occupants ef du changement ne dail jamais d passer COLD TIRE PRESSURE PRESSION DES PNEUS A FROID VOIR Na P205 65R 16 225kPa S3p6 DE LUSAGER R PLUS T12X 80016 420kPa psi RENSEIGNEMENTS TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY MUMERE DE PLAGES The combined weigh of occupants and cargo should ever anzesd Le pakts baal des occupants st du changement ne doll pamaz depassar COLD mire PRESSURE ey PRESSION DES Peri se mena sig a on 225kPa 33psi ie TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY MOMERE DE PLACES The i combined weight of cocupant and cargo should never exceed ao kaor g Le poids total des occu
192. ir Bag System and lap shoulder belts at both the driver and passenger seating position Safety features of your vehicle WARNING If a seat track position sensor if equipped or an occupant detection system is not working properly the SRS air bag warning light 2 on the instrument panel will illuminate because the SRS air bag warning light is connected with the seat track position sensor and the occu pant detection system If the SRS air bag warning light does not illu minate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position remains illuminated after approximately 6 seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or if it illuminates while the vehicle is being driven have an authorized Kia dealer inspect the advanced SRS air bag system as soon as possible The driver s seat track position sensor if equipped which is installed on the seat track determine if the seat is fore or aft of a reference position The seat belt buckle sensors determine if the driver and front passenger s seat belts are fas tened These sensors provide the ability to con trol the SRS deployment based on how close the driver s seat is to the steering wheel whether or not the seat belts are fastened and how severe the impact is The advanced SRS offers the ability to control the air bag inflation with two lev els A first stage level is provided for mod erate severity impacts A second stage level is provided
193. ission control SYSTEM ci 7 63 Engine coMpartmMent iii 2 4 7 2 Engine coolant essasi aaeoa AG Engine number iii 8 7 Engine Gili i iii cin zioriri vicini niziniznini 7 15 Engine overbeats siciriariiiinionion iii 6 6 Engine start stop button 5 6 Engine temperature gauge i 00000 4 51 e Engine will not statteeeecesrsesseeetienrnectineniresnrnecirreeresesi ros 6 3 Evaporative emission control System eereeeeeerereeeeeee 7 62 Exhaust emission control SYSTEM cei 7 63 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items 7 12 a L AEN I E A E 7 56 F DCi itte eias aana eee 6 7 Changing Ceg eeina i aeaoe 6 8 Compact spare liste Co ee ee re 6 13 badia 6 7 Removing and storing the spare iste nenien 6 8 Floor mat anchors senior 4 118 Fluid Washer lidia 7 21 Brakes clutch fluidi 7 20 Folding the rear seat nen 3 13 Front passenger and rear seat 3 point system with combination locking Fellatio nntenantatentencanstsaawnes 3 21 Front seat adjustment manual eerte niesna 3 4 Front seat adjustment DOWEL iii 3 6 Coen ADF F e kpang ecean A a 4 50 Fuel requirements ii 1 3 Lila 7 45 Fuse relay panel description 7 50 Instrument panel AO II 7 46 Wier 7 48 Memory fuse ini 7 47 Go Gauge Engine temperature gauge iii 4 51 Fuel gauge rie 4 50 Cass ae oi 4 120 Glassroof see Panorama Sunroof iii 4 30 i A O E EEA EAEE E 4 113 HW S O Hazard warning flasher 4 74 Hazardous driving conditions 5 43 Headlight escort functilo
194. ist system 4 75 Rearview camera 4 78 Welcome system 4 79 Lighting 4 80 Wipers and washers 4 85 Interior light 4 88 Defroster 4 91 Manual climate control system 4 92 Automatic climate control system 4 101 Windshield defrosting and defogging 4 109 Storage compartment 4 113 Interior features 4 116 Audio system 4 120 Features of your vehicle KEYS OFD047001 Record your key number The key code number is stamped on the bar code tag attached to the key set Should you lose your keys this number will enable an authorized Kia dealer to duplicate the keys easily Remove the bar code tag and store it in a safe place Also record the code number and keep it in a safe place not in the vehicle E Type A OFD047002 A OTF040001 Key operations Type A Used to start the engine lock and unlock the doors Type B To remove the mechanical key press and hold the release button and remove the mechanical key To reinstall the mechanical key put the key into the hole and push it until a click sound is heard Features of your vehicle Immobilizer system if equipped Your vehicle may be equipped with an electronic engine immobilizer system to reduce the risk of unauthorized vehicle use Your immobilizer system is comprised of a small transponder in the ignition key and electronic devices inside the vehicle With the immobilizer system whenever you insert your igniti
195. it from the air bag Even with advanced air bags improperly and unbelted occupants can be severely injured when the air bag inflates Always follow the precautions about seat belts air bags and occupant safety con tained in this manual To reduce the chance of serious or fatal injuries and receive the maxi mum safety benefit from your restraint system Continued Continued Never place a child in any child or booster seat in the front seat ABC Always Buckle Children in the back seat It is the safest place for children of any age to ride Front and side air bags can injure occupants improperly positioned in the front seats Move your seat as far back as practical from the front air bags while still maintaining control of the vehicle You and your passengers should never sit or lean unnecessarily close to the air bags Improperly positioned drivers and passen gers can be severely injured by inflating air bags Never lean against the door or center console always sit in an upright position Do not allow a passenger to ride in the front seat when the PAS SENGER AIR BAG OFF indica tor is illuminated because the air bag will not deploy in the event of a moderate or severe frontal crash Continued Safety features of your vehicle Rear impact ME Continued e No objects should be placed over Continued e If the SRS air bag warning light or near the air bag mod
196. ith the vehicle Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or make it work irregularly el Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability use only lubricants of the proper quality The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle Engine oil drain and refill Recommends API Service SM ILSAC GF 4 or above Manual transaxle fluid 1 8 7 1 90 US at API GL 4 SAE 75W 85 fill for life 4 6 1 4 86 US at 2 0 7 8 1 8 24 US qt Automatic transaxle fluid _ l sla aad sa hi 3 pi 7 1 1 7 50 US at NOCA ATF SP IV Kia genuine ATF SP IV Mixture of antifreeze and water Ethylene glycol base Coolant 6 8 7 18 US qt coolant for aluminum radiator 0 7 0 8 Brake clutch fluid FMVSS116 DOT 3 or DOT 4 0 7 0 8 US qt Fuel 70 1 18 49 US gal Unleaded gasoline Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page 2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available Along with other additional benefits they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction Often these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving but in a year s time they can offer significant cost
197. itting improperly or out of posi equipped with the occupant detection system do not install a child restraint system in the front passenger seat position A child restraint system must never be placed in the front seat The infant or child could be severely injured or killed by an air bag deployment in case of an accident Children age 12 and under must always be properly restrained in the rear seat Never allow chil dren to ride in the front passen ger seat If a child over 12 must be seated in the front seat he or she must be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as possible For maximum safety protection in all types of crashes all occu pants including the driver should always wear their seat belts whether or not an air bag is also provided at their seating position to minimize the risk of severe injury or death in the event of a crash Do not sit or lean unneces sarily close to the air bag while the vehicle is in motion Continued tion can result in serious or fatal injury in a crash All occupants should sit upright with the seat back in an upright position cen tered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs comfort ably extended and their feet on the floor until the vehicle is parked and the ignition key is removed The SRS air bag system must deploy very rapidly to provide protection in a crash If an occu pant is out of position because of not wearing a seat belt the air b
198. ized Kia dealer Checking the amount of air con ditioner refrigerant and compres sor lubricant When the amount of refrigerant is low the performance of the air conditioning is reduced Overfilling also has a negative influence on the air conditioning system Therefore if abnormal operation is found have the system inspected by an authorized Kia dealer NOTICE It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used Otherwise damage to the compressor and abnormal system operation may occur Features of your vehicle AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Tip Fan speed control switch Driver s temperature control knob Outside air position button Air conditioning button Front windshield defroster button Mode selection button Passenger s temperature control knob Dual temperature control selection button 9 Rear window defroster button 10 OFF button 11 Recirculated air position button Type A Air intake control button Type B 12 AUTO automatic control button 13 Climate control display 14 Climate information screen selection button CO NOOK WS N OTF040129 OTF040175N Features of your vehicle OTF040131 Automatic heating and air condi tioning The automatic climate control system is controlled by simply setting the desired temperature The Full Automatic Temperature Control FATC system automatically controls the heatin
199. ized Kia dealer before the car is driven again Parking brake amp brake fluid warning light OA BRAKE Parking brake warning This warning light illuminates for 3 sec onds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and then it will go out Also this light illuminates when the park ing brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position The warning light should go out when the parking brake is released dn i ed Features of your vehicle Low brake fluid level warning If the warning light remains on it may indicate that the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low If the warning light remains on 1 Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle 2 With the engine stopped check the brake fluid level immediately and add fluid as required Then check all brake components for fluid leaks 3 Do not drive the vehicle if leaks are found the warning light remains on or the brakes do not operate properly Have the vehicle towed to any author ized Kia dealer for a brake system inspection and necessary repairs Your vehicle is equipped with dual diago nal braking systems This means you still have braking on two wheels even if one of the dual systems should fail With only one of the dual systems working more than normal pedal travel and greater pedal pressure are required to stop the vehicle Also the vehicle will not stop in as short a distance with only a portion of the
200. k the windshield washer fluid level Look for low or under inflated tires While operating your vehicle e Note any changes in the sound of the exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumes in the vehicle Check for vibrations in the steering wheel Notice any increased steering effort or looseness in the steering wheel or change in its straight ahead position Notice if your vehicle constantly turns slightly or pulls to one side when trav eling on smooth level road When stopping listen and check for unusual sounds pulling to one side increased brake pedal travel or hard to push brake pedal If any slipping or changes in the oper ation of your transaxle occurs check the transaxle fluid level Check the automatic transaxle P Park function Check the parking brake Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle water dripping from the air condition ing system during or after use is nor mal dn i n i i i n Maintenance RR At least monthly At least twice a year At least once a year e Check the coolant level in the engine i e every Spring and Fall e Clean the body and door drain holes coolant reservoir e Check the radiator heater and air con e Lubricate the door hinges and checks e Check the operation of all exterior ditioning hoses for leaks or damage and hood hinges lights including the stoplights turn sig Check the windshield washer spray e Lubricate the door and hood
201. king accelerating or shifting gears On a slippery surface an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle to go out of control e Optimum vehicle performance and economy is obtained by smoothly depressing and releasing the accelera tor pedal WARNING e Always buckle up In a collision an unbelted occupant is signifi cantly more likely to be seriously injured or killed than a properly belted occupant Avoid high speeds when corner ing or turning Do not make quick steering wheel movements such as sharp lane changes or fast sharp turns The risk of rollover is greatly increased if you lose control of your vehicle at highway speeds Losing control often occurs if two or more wheels drop off the road way and the driver oversteers to reenter the roadway In the event your vehicle leaves the roadway do not steer sharply Instead slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes Never exceed posted speed lim Its A WARNING If your vehicle becomes stuck in snow mud sand etc then you may attempt to rock the vehicle free by moving it forward and backward Do not attempt this procedure if people or objects are anywhere near the vehicle During the rocking operation the vehicle may suddenly move forward of backward as it becomes unstuck causing injury or damage to nearby people or objects Driving your vehicle Moving up a steep grade from a stand ing
202. king assist sys tem If this occurs have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible Features of your vehicle REARVIEW CAMERA IF EQUIPPED NOTICE The rearview camera may not operate normally when you drive in the extremely high or low temperature area i M OTF040103N operating temperature 20 C 65 C The rearview camera will activate when 13 F 149 F the back up light is ON with the ignition switch ON and the shift lever in the R position This system is a supplemental system that shows behind the vehicle through the AV monitor while backing up Features of your vehicle WELCOME SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED OTF040113N Welcome light if equipped When all the doors and trunk are locked and closed the room lamp will come on for about 15 seconds if any of the below is performed Without smart key system When the door unlock button is pressed on the transmitter With the smart key system When the vehicle is approached with the smart key in possession Escort welcome if equipped When the headlight light switch in the headlight or AUTO position is on and all doors and trunk are locked and closed the position light and headlight will come on for 15 seconds if any of the below is performed Without smart key system When the door unlock button is pressed on the transmitter With the smart key system When the door unlock button is pressed on the sm
203. king brake alone should securely hold the vehicle on a fair ly steep grade Maintenance AIR CLEANER Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule If the vehicle is operated in extremely dusty or sandy areas replace the ele ment more often than the usual recom mended intervals Filter replacement It must be replaced when necessary and should not be washed You can clean the filter when inspecting the air cleaner element Clean the filter by using compressed air 4 CAUTION Do not drive with the air cleaner removed this will result in exces sive engine wear When removing the air cleaner fil ter be careful that dust or dirt does not enter the air intake or damage may result Use a Kia genuine part Use of nongenuine part could damage the air flow sensor Maintenance ARR CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER IF EQUIPPED Filter inspection The climate control air filter should be replaced according to the Maintenance Schedule If the vehicle is operated in severely air polluted cities or on dusty rough roads for a long period it should be inspected more frequently and replaced earlier When you replace the climate control air filter replace it per forming the following procedure and be careful to avoid damaging other compo nents Maintenance WIPER BLADES 1JBA5122 Blade inspection NOTICE Commercial hot waxes applied by auto matic car washes have been known to mak
204. l tank capacity is given in ng the catalytic converter section 8 The fuel gauge is supplement ed by a low fuel warning light which will illuminate when the fuel tank is nearly empty On inclines or curves the fuel gauge pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel warning light may come on earlier than usual due to the movement of fuel in the tank Features of your vehicle E Type B A OTF040057 Engine temperature gauge This gauge shows the temperature of the engine coolant when the ignition switch is ON Do not continue driving with an overheat ed engine If your vehicle overheats refer to If the engine overheats in section 6 A CAUTION If the gauge pointer moves beyond the normal range area toward the H position it indicates overheat ing that may damage the engine OTF040059 Trip computer The trip computer is a microcomputer controlled driver information system that displays information related to driving on the display when the ignition switch is in the ON position All stored driving infor mation except odometer is reset if the battery is disconnected E Type A TRIP A lt Distance to empty Average fuel consumption Instant fuel consumption Average speed Elapsed time Y if equipped Features of your vehicle E Type B TRIP A lt x Distance to empty Average fuel consumption Instant fuel consumption Average speed Elapsed time
205. lant or mix them with the specified coolant Do not use a solution that contains more than 60 antifreeze or less than 35 antifreeze which would reduce the effectiveness of the solution the side of the coolant reservoir when the engine is cool Maintenance Changing the coolant Have the coolant changed by an author ized Kia dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this section J CAUTION Put a thick cloth or fabric around the radiator cap before refilling the I coolant in order to prevent the 7 N coolant from overflowing into OTF070007 engine parts such as the alternator Maintenance BRAKE CLUTCH IF EQUIPPED FLUID If the level is low add fluid to the MAX level The level will fall with accumulated mileage This is a normal condition asso ciated with the wear of the brake linings and or clutch disc if equipped If the fluid level is excessively low have the brake clutch system checked by an authorized Kia dealer Use only the specified brake clutch fluid Refer to Recommended lubricants and capacities in section 8 wy hecking the brake clutch fluid Never mix different types of fluid pai the fluid level in th A CAUTION odically The fluid level should be poet uO ae ee ule ue a between MAX and MIN marks on the REG the vehicle s body paint as side of the reservoir paint camage Mi ISSUE Before removing the reservoir cap and poi SRI AES 000 addin
206. ld and side windows and the air within the passenger com partment may become stale In addition prolonged operation of the air conditioning with the recirculated air position selected will result in exces sively dry air in the passenger compart ment Features of your vehicle OTF040127 OTF040128 Fan speed control Air conditioning if equipped The ignition switch must be in the ON _ 1 Select the mode position for fan operation 2 Control the fan speed The fan speed control knob allows you to 3 Control the air conditioning knob the fan speed turn the knob to the right for higher speed or left for lower speed Setting the fan speed control knob to the 0 position turns off the fan Features of your vehicle System operation Ventilation 1 Set the mode to the position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed Heating 1 Set the mode to the position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 5 If dehumidified heating is desired turn the air conditioning system if equipped on e If the windshield fogs up set the mode to the 447 position Operation Tips e To prevent dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the vehicl
207. ld impact the rear facing child restraint and kill the child Since all passenger seat belts move freely under normal conditions and only lock under extreme or emergency condi tions emergency lock mode you must manually change these seat belts to the auto lock mode to secure a child restraint WARNING Child seat installation e A child can be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the child restraint is not properly anchored to the car and the child is not properly restrained in the child restraint Before installing the child restraint system read the instructions supplied by the child restraint system manufacturer If the seat belt does not operate as described in this section have the system checked immediately by your authorized Kia dealer Failure to observe this manual s instructions regarding child restraint system and the instruc tions provided with the child restraint system could increase the chance and or severity of injury in an accident Safety features of your vehicle E2MS103005 OEN036101 OEN036102 Placing a passenger seat belt into To install a child restraint system on the 3 Pull the shoulder portion of the seat the auto lock mode outboard or center rear seats do the fol belt all the way out When the shoulder The auto lock mode will help prevent the lowing portion of the seat belt is fully extend normal movement of the child in the vehi 1 Place the child restraint syst
208. le 12 Driver s and front passenger s seat belt buckle sensors 13 Anchor pre tensioner assembly if equipped The SRSCM continually monitors all SRS components while the ignition switch is ON to determine if a crash impact is severe enough to require air bag deployment or pre tensioner seat belt deployment The SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for about 6 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position after which the air bag warning light should go out If any of the following conditions occurs this indicates a malfunction of the SRS Have an authorized Kia dealer inspect the air bag system as soon as possible e The light does not turn on briefly when you turn the ignition ON The light stays on after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds e The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion Driver s front air bag 1 B240B01L The air bag modules are located both in the center of the steering wheel and in the front passenger s panel above the glove box When the SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe impact to the front of the vehicle it will automatically deploy the front air bags Driver s front air bag 2 B240B02L Upon deployment tear seams molded directly into the pad covers will separate under pressure from the expansion of the air bags Further opening of the covers then allows full inflation of the air bags Safety features of your vehicle Dri
209. lighter as the vehicle s speed decreases for better control of the steer ing wheel Should you notice any change in the effort required to steer during normal vehicle operation have the power steer ing checked by an authorized Kia dealer NOTICE The following symptoms may occur dur ing normal vehicle operation e The EPS warning light does not illumi nate e The steering effort is high immediately after turning the ignition switch on This happens as the system performs the EPS system diagnostics When the diagnostics is completed the steering wheel will return to its normal condi tion e A click noise may be heard from the EPS relay after the ignition switch is turned to the ON or LOCK position Motor noise may be heard when the vehicle is at a stop or at a low driving speed e If the Electric Power Steering System does not operate normally the warn ing light will illuminate on the instru ment cluster The steering wheel may become difficult to control or operate abnormally Take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the vehicle checked as soon as possible e The steering effort increases if the steering wheel is rotated continuously when the vehicle is not in motion However after a few minutes it will return to its normal conditions e When you operate the steering wheel in low temperature abnormal noise could occur If temperature rises the noise will disappear This is a normal condit
210. ling characteristics and poor vehi cle control resulting in a seri ous accident Wheels that do not meet Kia s specifications may fit poorly and result in damage to the vehicle or unusual handling and poor vehicle control The ABS works by comparing the speed of the wheels Tire size can affect wheel speed When replacing tires all 4 tires must use the same size Originally supplied with the vehicle Using tires of a differ ent size can cause the ABS Anti lock Brake System and ESC Electronic Stability Control if equipped to work irregularly Compact spare tire replacement A compact spare tire has a shorter tread life than a regular size tire Replace it when you can see the tread wear indicator bars on the tire The replacement compact spare tire should be the same size and design tire as the one provided with your new vehicle and should be mounted on the same compact spare tire wheel The compact spare tire is not designed to be mounted on a regular size wheel and the compact spare tire wheel is not designed for mount ing a regular size tire Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels for any reason make sure the new wheels are equivalent to the original factory units in diameter rim width and offset d WARNING A wheel that is not the correct size may adversely affect wheel and bearing life braking and stopping abilities handling char acteristics ground clearance body to tire cle
211. lite Radio system include e Hardware and an introductory trial sub scription term which begins on the date of sale or lease of the vehicle For a small upgrade fee access to SIRIUS music channels and other select channels over the Internet using any computer connected to the Internet U S customers only For information on extended subscrip tion terms contact SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 NOTE Satellite Radio requires SIRIUS com patible receiver and a subscription serv ice fee after trial period Vehicles without a factory installed radio receiver require hardware pur chase and installation Please see your dealer for further details All fees and programming subject to change Subscriptions governed by the SIRIUS Terms amp Conditions available at www sirius com service terms Available only in the 48 contiguous United States and the District of Columbia Service available in Canada see www siriuscanada ca Kia shall not be responsible for any such programming changes Satellite Radio Electronic Serial Number ESN This 12 digit Satellite Serial Number is needed to re activate modify or track your satellite radio account You will need this number when communicating with SIRIUS Satellite Radio Features of your vehicle A SCAN MUTE TF_USA_SIRIUS Using SIRIUS Satellite Radio Your Kia vehicle is equipped with a 3 month complimentary period of SIRIUS Satellite Radio so you have access t
212. ll an authorized Kia dealer or seek other qualified assistance el What to do in an emergency EMERGENCY STARTING Jumper Cables A CAUTION Use only a 12 volt jumper system You can damage a 12 volt starting motor ignition system and other electrical parts beyond repair by use of a 24 volt power supply either 2 T two 12 volt batteries in series or a Discharged battery 24 volt motor generator set I Booster battery See 1044001 Connect cables in numerical order and disconnect in reverse order Jump starting Jump starting can be dangerous if done incorrectly Therefore to avoid harm to yourself or damage to your vehicle or battery follow these jump starting proce dures If in doubt we strongly recom mend that you have a competent techni cian or towing service jump start your vehicle What to do in an emergency Jump starting procedure 1 Make sure the booster battery is 12 volt and that its negative terminal is grounded 2 lf the booster battery is in another vehicle do not allow the vehicles to touch 3 Turn off all unnecessary electrical loads 4 Connect the jumper cables in the exact sequence shown in the illustration First connect one end of a jumper cable to the positive terminal of the discharged battery 1 then connect the other end to the positive terminal on the booster battery 2 Proceed to connect one end of the other jumper cable to the negative
213. ll it back for low beams The high beam indicator will light when the headlight high beams are switched on To prevent the battery from being dis charged do not leave the lights on for a prolonged time while the engine is not running OAM049043 To flash the headlights pull the lever towards you It will return to the normal low beam position when released The headlight switch does not need to be on to use this flashing feature OAM049045 Turn signals and lane change sig nals The ignition switch must be on for the turn signals to function To turn on the turn signals move the lever up or down A The green arrow indicators on the instrument panel indicate which turn sig nal is operating They will self cancel after a turn is completed If the indicator continues to flash after a turn manually return the lever to the OFF position Features of your vehicle To signal a lane change move the turn signal lever slightly and hold it in position B The lever will return to the OFF posi tion when released If an indicator stays on and does not flash or if it flashes abnormally one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out and will require replacement NOTICE If an indicator flash is abnormally quick or slow a bulb may be burned out or have a poor electrical connection in the circuit One touch triple turn signal if equipped To activate an one touch triple turn signal move the turn signal lever
214. local state and municipal regu lations for possible restrictions against their use i cel Driving your vehicle Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant Your vehicle is delivered with high quality ethylene glycol coolant in the cooling system It is the only type of coolant that should be used because it helps prevent corrosion in the cooling system lubri cates the water pump and prevents freezing Be sure to replace or replenish your coolant in accordance with the maintenance schedule in section 7 Before winter have your coolant tested to assure that its freezing point is sufficient for the temperatures anticipated during the winter Check battery and cables Winter puts additional burdens on the battery system Visually inspect the bat tery and cables as described in section 7 The level of charge in your battery can be checked by an authorized Kia dealer or a service station Change to winter weight oil if necessary In some climates it is recommended that a lower viscosity winter weight oil be used during cold weather See section 8 for recommendations If you aren t sure what weight oil you should use consult an authorized Kia dealer Check spark plugs and ignition system Inspect your spark plugs as described in section 7 and replace them if necessary Also check all ignition wiring and compo nents to be sure they are not cracked worn or damaged in any way To keep locks from freezing To keep th
215. locks and nals and hazard warning flashers and wiper operation Clean the wiper latches e Check the inflation pressures of all blades with clean cloth dampened with gt Lubricate the door rubber weather tires including the spare washer fluid strips e Check the headlight alignment e Check the air conditioning system Check the muffler exhaust pipes Check the power steering fluid level shields and clamps e Inspect and lubricate automatic Check the lap shoulder belts for wear transaxle linkage and controls and function Clean the battery and terminals Check for worn tires and loose wheel Check the brake clutch fluid level lug nuts Maintenance MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE Engine control system MAINTENANCE Kilometers or time in months whichever comes first INTERVALS MAINTENANCE x 1 000 km 24 40 48 56 64 72 96 104 112 120 128 ITEM one e DONDOLI 56 60 64 Engine oil amp engine oil filter R GDI engine 1 Engine oil amp engine oil filter At first replace at 5 000 km or 6 months T GDI engine 1 Drive belts tension Cooling system hoses amp connections o Engine coolant 1 ki Fuel filter Fuel tank cap lines EVAP canister and hoses de Fuel tank air filter CCV filter Cf Ss SS ZZ iz Da Air cleaner element 2 ii tm i Spark plugs iridium coated GDI engine Replace every 168 000 km or 84 months er that replace every 8 000 km or 6 months Spark plugs iridium coated T GDI eng
216. logic status i kt el Features of your vehicle OTF040178N Auto defogging system Only for automatic climate control system if equipped Auto defogging reduces the probability of fogging up the inside of the windshield by automatically sensing the moisture of inside the windshield The auto defogging system operates when the heater or air conditioning is on This indicator illuminates when the auto defogging system senses the moisture of inside the windshield and operates AUTO If more moisture is in the vehicle higher steps operate as follow For example if auto defogging does not defog inside the windshield at step 1 Outside air position it tries to defog again at step 2 Blowing air toward the windshield Step 1 Outside air position Step 2 Blowing air toward the windshield Step 3 Increasing air flow toward the windshield Step 4 Operating the air conditioning Step 5 Maximizing the air conditioning If your vehicle is equipped with the auto defogging system it is automatically acti vated when the conditions are met However if you would like to cancel the auto defogging system press the front defroster button 4 times within 2 seconds while pressing the AUTO button The indicator will blink 3 times to notify you that the system is cancelled To use the auto defogging system again follow the procedures mentioned above If the battery has been disconnected or discharged it resets to th
217. losing Type A The drivers door has a master power window switch that controls all the win dows in the vehicle To open or close a window press down or pull up the front portion of the corre sponding switch to the first detent posi tion 5 OTF040021 Type B Auto down window if equipped Pressing the power window switch momentarily to the second detent posi tion 6 completely lowers the driver s window even when the switch is released To stop the window at the desired position while the window is in operation pull up the switch momentarily to the opposite direction of the window movement Features of your vehicle OTF040022 Type C Auto up down window Pressing or pulling up the power window switch momentarily to the second detent position 6 completely lowers or lifts the window even when the switch is released To stop the window at the desired position while the window is in operation pull up or press and release the switch to the opposite direction of the movement If the power window is not operated cor rectly the automatic power window sys tem must be reset as follows 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion 2 Close the window and continue pulling up on the driver s power window switch for at least 1 second after the window is completely closed Automatic reversal If the upward movement of the window is blocked by an object or part of the body the window will de
218. low down When you are moving slowly enough for it to be safe to do so pull off the road and stop in a safe place If your vehicle is equipped with an automatic transaxle don t let your vehi cle creep forward To avoid creeping forward keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped Be cautious when parking on a hill Firmly engage the parking brake and place the shift lever in P automatic transaxle or in first or reverse gear manual transaxle If your vehicle is facing downhill turn the front wheels into the curb to help keep the vehicle from rolling If your vehicle is facing uphill turn the front wheels away from the curb to help keep the vehicle from rolling If there is no curb or if it is required by other conditions to keep the vehicle from rolling block the wheels Driving your vehicle Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged posi tion This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet If there is a risk that the parking brake may freeze apply it only temporarily while you put the shift lever in P automatic transaxle or in first or reverse gear manual transaxle and block the rear wheels so the vehicle cannot roll Then release the parking brake Do not hold the vehicle on the upgrade with the accelerator pedal This can cause the transaxle to overheat Always use the brake p
219. loyment 1JBA3515 Air agi pondalailon conditions e In certain low speed collisions the air bags may not deploy The air bags are designed not to deploy in such cases because they may not provide benefits beyond the protection of the seat belts in such collisions tl Safety features of your vehicle OED036100 e Air bags are not designed to inflate in rear collisions because occupants are moved backward by the force of the impact In this case inflated air bags would not be able to provide any addi tional benefit 1JBA3516 e Front air bags may not inflate in side impact collisions because occupants move to the direction of the collision and thus in side impacts front air bag deployment would not provide addi tional occupant protection However if equipped with side impact or curtain air bags the air bag s may inflate depending on the intensity vehi cle speed and angles of impact 1JBA3521 In a slant or angled collision the force of impact may direct the occupants in a direction where the air bags would not be able to provide any additional bene fit and thus the sensors may not deploy any air bags Safety features of your vehicle sten 1JBA3517 Just before impact drivers often brake heavily Such heavy braking lowers the front portion of the vehicle causing it to ride under a vehicle with a higher ground clearance Air bags may not inflate in this under
220. m the driver s seat or the front passenger s seat During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat warmer is not needed keep the switches in the OFF position dn i i n i o Safety features of your vehicle e Each time you push the button the temperature setting of the seat is N CAUTION changed as follows When cleaning the seats do not use an organic solvent such as SUL SUI OFF HIGH EE LOW W paint thinner benzene alcohol T and gasoline Doing so may dam age the surface of the heater or e The seat warmer defaults to the OFF seats position whenever the ignition switch is e To prevent overheating the seat turned on warmer do not place anything on the seats that insulates against NOTICE heat such as blankets cushions With the seat warmer switch in the ON or seat covers while the seat position the heating system in the seat warmer is in operation turns off or on automatically depending e Do not place heavy or sharp on the seat temperature objects on seats equipped with seat warmers Damage to the seat warming components could occur Safety features of your vehicle Climate control seat if equipped The climate control seat is provided to cool or warm the seat during hot or cold weather by blowing air through small vent holes on the surface of the seat and seat back While the engine is running push the rear portion of the switch to cool the seat and push the
221. move the ignition key engage the parking brake close all windows and lock all doors when leaving your vehicle unattended Features of your vehicle DOOR LOCKS OHD046001 Operating door locks from out side the vehicle e Turn the key toward the rear of the vehicle to unlock and toward the front of the vehicle to lock If you lock unlock the door with a key all vehicle doors will lock unlock auto matically e From the driver s door turn the key to the left once to unlock the driver s door and once more within 4 seconds to unlock all doors Doors can also be locked and unlocked with the transmitter key or smart key if equipped e Once the doors are unlocked they may be opened by pulling the door handle e When closing the door push the door by hand Make sure the doors are closed securely NOTICE e In cold and wet climates door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions If the door is locked unlocked multi ple times in rapid succession with either the vehicle key or door lock switch the system may stop operating temporarily in order to protect the circuit and prevent damage to system components Features of your vehicle e If the inner door handle of the front door is pulled when the door lock but ton is in the lock position the button will unlock and the door will open Front doors cannot be locked if the ignition key is in the ignition switch or if
222. mps with the engine running AN CAUTION Use the power outlet only when the engine is running and remove the accessory plug after use Using the accessory plug for pro longed periods of time with the engine off could cause the bat tery to discharge Only use 12V electric accessories which are less than 10A in elec tric capacity Adjust the air conditioner or heater to the lowest operating level when using the power outlet Close the cover when not in use Some electronic devices can cause electronic interference when plugged into a vehicle s power outlet These devices may cause excessive audio static and malfunctions in other electronic systems or devices used in your vehicle eatures of your vehicle Whenever the battery terminals or relat ed fuses are disconnected you must reset the time When the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the clock buttons operate as follows e HOUR 1 Pressing the H button will advance the time display by one hour e MINUTE 2 Pressing the M button will advance the time display by one minute e Display conversion To change the 12 hour format to the 24 hour format press the H and M button at the same time for more than 5 sec onds For example if the time is 10 15 p m the display will change to 22 15 OYF049234N Floor mat anchor s When using a floor mat on the front floor carpet make sure it attaches to the floor mat anchor s in
223. ms or to front seat forward increase the luggage capacity of the 2 Lower the rear headrest to the lowest vehicle position 3 Open the trunk Safety features of your vehicle 5 OTF030020 OTF030022N 4 Pull out the lock release knob 1 5 Fold the seatback forward and down firmly 6 To use the rear seat lift and push the seatback backward firmly until it clicks into place 7 Return the rear seat belt to the proper position A CAUTION Rear seat belts NOTICE When returning the rear seatbacks If the seat belt locks after unfolding the to the upright position remember rear seatback pull out the locked seat to return the rear shoulder belts to belt release it then pull it out again their proper position d WARNING Cargo Cargo should always be secured to prevent it from being thrown about the vehicle in a collision and caus ing injury to the vehicle occupants Do not place objects in the rear seats since they cannot be proper ly secured and may hit the front seat occupants in a frontal colli sion d WARNING Cargo loading Make sure the engine is off the automatic transaxle is in P Park or the manual transaxle is in Reverse or 1st and the parking brake is securely applied whenever loading or unloading cargo Failure to take these steps may allow the vehicle to move if the shift lever is inadvertently moved to another position i ee o OMG038401 Headr
224. must exe cute upshifts in accordance with road conditions taking care to keep the engine speed below the red zone In sports mode only the 6 forward gears can be selected To reverse or shift lever to the down side to shift back to the Ist gear 3 S OTF050012 park the vehicle move the shift lever Sports mode to the R Reverse or P Park position Whether the vehicle is stopped or in as required motion sports mode is selected by push In sports mode downshifts are made ing the shift lever from the D Drive posi automatically when the vehicle slows tion into the manual gate To return to D down When the vehicle stops 1st gear Drive range operation push the shift is automatically selected In sports mode when the engine rpm lever back into the main gate approaches the red zone shift points In sports mode moving the shift lever are varied to upshift automatically backwards and forwards will allow you to To maintain the required levels of make gearshifts rapidly In contrast to a vehicle performance and safety the manual transaxle the sports mode system may not execute certain allows gearshifts with the accelerator gearshifts when the shift lever is oper pedal depressed ated l Continued Driving your vehicle T A a n Fy 4 a na 1 Paddle shifter if equipped The paddle shifter is available when the shift lever is in the D position or the sport mode OTF050013 With the
225. n sssssssssssssssessesseseseeseseeseseseees 4 80 Headlight leveling device iii 4 80 eae E iaia 3 8 3 15 Highway driving iii 5 46 Hill start assist control HAC iii 5 32 Homelink mirror see the electric chromic mirror ECM with homelink system and Compass 4 iIpolaiiii iaia 4 25 TOEA pac ens tate Sense E 4 97 How to us thitmangali nai 1 2 Index Ignition key interlock SYSTEM cei 5 20 Immobilizer system nia 4 3 Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster 1 5 Indicators and warnings ui io0 cu 4 58 Inside rearview mirror cerseeeeeeeseeeerteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 39 Instrument cluster sssssssssessesssseessessssssesesssseseseesseeeee 4 48 Engine temperature gauge iii 4 51 Fuel Saupe A erezioni iraniani nine 4 50 Instrument panel icine ee ee 4 49 ivi 4 52 Speedometer ssiiirciio ei ionici zioni 4 49 Lelio 4 49 Trip cOMputer iii iii 4 51 Distan e L0 Ser ernia rara 4 55 Vehicle option scio iii io 4 57 Warning and indicatori sini iozione 4 58 Instrument panel Witwer oe 4 49 Instrument panel Shilsl dla Cee ee 2 3 Interior Gates 7 61 Interior eater 4 116 Clothes hanger ian zii 4 119 Cup holder inci inizi 4 116 Digital clock miei nici 4 118 Floor imatanichion 3 suzreicananannonmenaro siga 4 118 Power OLILICl seserrestncesesestementenessuaesinumennereaaadsamedinmeseneniay 4 117 ON OE E I OTT 4 116 Index Interior light PEER N A T A E a E N 4 88 Interior overvi
226. n pressure 6 Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire 7 Uniform tire quality grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maxi mum section width For example TREADWEAR 400 TRACTION A TEMPERATURE A Tread wear The tread wear grade is a compara tive rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified govern ment test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half times 11 2 as well on the gov ernment course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Maintenance E eee These grades are molded on the side walls of passenger vehicle tires The tires available as standard or optional equipment on your vehicles may vary with respect to grade Traction AA A B amp C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tires ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on spec ified government test surfaces of
227. n abrasive windshield washer fluid to the washer reservoir The reservoir filler neck is located in the front of the engine compartment on the passenger side Features of your vehicle INTERIOR LIGHT The map lamp and the room lamp goes out gradually after approximately 30 seconds if the door is closed However if the ignition switch is ON or all doors are locked the map lamp and the room lamp will turn off immedi ately If a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC or LOCK position the map lamp and the room lamp stays on for e about 20 minutes However if a OVG049110 door is opened with the ignition switch in the ON position the A CAUTION Do not use the interior lights for extended periods when the engine is not running lt may cause battery discharge Map lamp map lamp and the room lamp Push the lens to turn the map lamp on or stays on continuously If the type Automatic turn off function off This light produces a spot beam for B room lamp switch is OFF it if equipped convenient use as a map lamp at night or doesn t work The interior lights automatically turn off as a personal lamp for the driver and the OFF The lights turn off even if a door approximately 20 minutes after the igni front passenger is opened tion switch is turned off e DOOR In the DOOR position the map When the lamp is turned ON by If your vehicle is equipped with the theft lamp and the room lamp come pressing the lens 1
228. n constantly programming is complete and your device should activate when the HomeLink button is pressed and released the remaining two HomeLink buttons follow steps 2 through 5 Rolling code programming Rolling code devices which are code protected and manufactured after 1996 may be determined by the following Reference the device owner s manual for verification The handheld transmitter appears to program the HomeLink Universal Transceiver but does not activate the device Press and hold the trained HomeLink button The device has the rolling code feature if the indicator light flashes rap idly and then turns solid after 2 sec onds el Features of your vehicle To train rolling code devices follow these instructions 1 At the garage door opener receiver motor head unit in the garage locate the learn or smart button This can usually be found where the hanging antenna wire is attached to the motor head unit Exact location and color of the button may vary by garage door opener brand If there is difficulty locating the training button reference the device owner s manual or please visit our Web site at www homelink com 2 Firmly press and release the learn or smart button which activates the training light NOTICE There are 30 seconds in which to initiate step3 3 Return to the vehicle firmly press and hold for two seconds the desired HomeLink button then release Repe
229. n or sudden stop Without a seat belt occupants could be shifted too close to a deploying air bag strike the interior structure or be thrown from the vehicle Properly worn seat belts greatly reduce these hazards Even with advanced air bags unbelted occupants can be severe ly injured by a deploying air bag Always follow the precautions about seat belts air bags and occu pant seating contained in this man ual Safety features of your vehicle Infant or small child You should be aware of the specific requirements in your country Child and or infant seats must be properly placed and installed in the rear seat For more information about the use of these restraints refer to Child restraint sys tem in this section NOTICE Small children are best protected from injury in an accident when properly restrained in the rear seat by a child restraint system that meets the require ments of the Safety Standards of your country Before buying any child restraint system make sure that it has a label certifying that it meets the Safety Standard of your country The restraint must be appropriate for your child s height and weight Check the label on the child restraint for this information Refer to Child restraint system in this section Larger children Children who are too large for child restraint systems should always occupy the rear seat and use the available lap shoulder belts The lap portion shoul
230. n restrained in the rear seat If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator is illuminated when the front passenger s seat is occupied by an adult and he she sits properly sitting upright with the seatback in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor have that person sit in the rear seat Continued front passenger seat the PAS SENGER AIR BAG OFF indica tor may turn on or off for a few seconds disabling or enabling the passenger air bag Do not modify or replace the front passenger seat Don t place any thing on or attach anything such as a blanket or after market seat heater to the front passenger seat This can adversely affect the occupant detection system Do not sit on sharp objects such as tools when occupying the front passenger seat This can adverse ly affect the occupant detection system Do not use accessory seat covers on the front seats Accident statistics show that chil dren are safer if they are restrained in the rear as opposed to the front seat It is recommend ed that child restraints be secured in a rear seat including an infant riding in a rear facing infant seat a child riding in a forward facing child seat and an older child rid ing in a booster seat Continued have an authorized Kia dealer replace the air bag immediately after deployment A smaller stature adult who is not seated corre
231. ne Bluetooth wireless technology The device can play but it will not be con trolled by the audio system CAUTION IN USING THE iPod DEVICE The Kia iPod Power Cable is needed in order to operate iPod with the audio buttons on the audio system The USB cable pro vided by Apple may cause mal function and should not be used for Kia vehicles The Kia iPod Power Cable may be purchased through your Kia Dealership When connecting iPod with the iPod Power Cable insert the con nector to the multimedia socket completely If not inserted com pletely communications between iPod and audio may be interrupt ed When adjusting the sound effects of the iPod and the audio system the sound effects of both devices will overlap and might reduce or distort the quality of the sound Deactivate turn off the equalizer function of an iPod when adjust ing the audio system s volume and turn off the equalizer of the audio system when using the equalizer of an iPod Continued Continued When the iPod cable is connect ed the system can be switched to AUX mode even without iPod device and may cause noise Disconnect the iPod cable when you are not using the iPod device When not using iPod with car audio detach the iPod cable from iPod Otherwise iPod may remain in accessory mode and may not work properly Features of your vehicle e 1 2 3 4 RIL A a S SEK A sc
232. ng and make sure the seat is locked securely by trying to move forward and backward without using the lever If the seat moves it is not locked properly Safety features of your vehicle OTF030003 Seatback angle To recline the seatback 1 Lean forward slightly and lift up the seatback recline lever 2 Carefully lean back on the seat and adjust the seatback of the seat to the position you desire 3 Release the lever and make sure the seatback is locked in place The lever MUST return to its original position for the seatback to lock OTF030004 Seat height To change the height of the seat move the lever upwards or downwards e To lower the seat cushion push down the lever several times e To raise the seat cushion pull up the lever several times Lumbar support for driver s seat Press the front portion of the switch to increase support or the rear portion of the switch to decrease support dn i i n i Safety features of your vehicle Automatic adjustment if equipped A CAUTION The front seat can be adjusted by using e The power seat is driven by an the control knob located on the outside of electric motor Stop operating the seat cushion Before driving adjust once the adjustment is complet the seat to the proper position so as to ed Excessive operation may easily control the steering wheel pedals damage the electrical equipment and switches on the instrument panel
233. ng on a flat road surface Never press the ESC OFF button while ESC is operating ESC indicator light blinks If ESC is turned off while ESC is operat ing the vehicle may slip out of control NOTICE When operating the vehicle on a dynamometer ensure that the ESC is turned off ESC OFF light illuminat ed If the ESC is left on it may pre vent the vehicle speed from increas ing and result in false diagnosis Turning the ESC off does not affect the ABS or brake system operation n i i E Driving your vehicle Hill start assist control HAC if equipped Hill start Assist Control is a comfort func tion The main intend is to prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards while driv ing off uphill on an inclined surface HAC holds the braking pressure builtup by driver during stopping procedure for 2 seconds after releasing brake pedal During the pressure hold period the driver has enough time to press the accelerator pedal to drive off The braking pressure is reduced as soon as the system detects the driver s inten tion to drive off NOTICE e The HAC does not operate when the transaxle shift lever is in the P Park or N Neutral position e The HAC activates even though the ESP is off but it does not activate when the ESP has malfunctioned Driving your vehicle Vehicle stability management VSM if equipped This system provides further enhance ments to vehicle stability and steering
234. ng wheel OTF040094N If the steering wheel is aligned within 5 seconds after Align steering wheel is displayed the indicator will appear like the above picture Features of your vehicle Door open E Type A Door Open OTF040096N This indicator displays which door is opened Trunk open E Type B da Trunk Open OTF040097N This indicator displays when the trunk is not closed securely Illumination m Type A E Type B Illumination nN Illumination MESA OTF040098N The illumination intensity of the instru ment panel is shown when adjusting it with the illumination control switch Features of your vehicle Parking assist warning Low washer liquid E Type A E Type B E Type A E Type B Low Washer Liquid OTF040099N OTF040100N Displays the area an obstacle is detected This warning light illuminates for 12 sec while moving rearward onds when the washer fluid reservoir is nearly empty To turn off the warning light immediately press the RESET button for more than 1 second Refill the washer fluid as soon as possible Features of your vehicle HAZARD WARNING FLASHER m Type A a The hazard warning lights are turned on by pushing in the hazard switch Both turn signal lights will blink The hazard warning lights will operate even though the key is not in the ignition switch To turn the hazard warning lights off push the switch again Se OTF040105 The hazard wa
235. ns use the power source of the portable audio device iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc FM radio reception LONOSPHERE JBM001 How vehicle audio works AM and FM radio signals are broadcast from transmitter towers located around your city They are intercepted by the radio antenna on your vehicle This signal is then received by the radio and sent to your vehicle speakers When a strong radio signal has reached your vehicle the precise engineering of your audio system ensures the best pos sible quality reproduction However in some cases the signal coming to your vehicle may not be strong and clear This can be due to factors such as the dis tance from the radio station closeness of other strong radio stations or the pres ence of buildings bridges or other large obstructions in the area AM radio reception IONOSPHERE JBM002 AM broadcasts can be received at greater distances than FM broadcasts This is because AM radio waves are transmitted at low frequencies These long low frequency radio waves can fol low the curvature of the earth rather than travelling straight out into the atmos phere In addition they curve around obstructions so that they can provide bet ter signal coverage Features of your vehicle FM radio station Mountains JBM003 ay FM broadcasts are transmitted at high frequencies and do not bend to follow the earth s surface Because of this FM broadcasts gener
236. nspect all hose connections such as clamps and cou plings to make sure they are secure and that no leaks are present Hoses should be replaced immediately if there is any evidence of deterioration or damage Maintenance Eee Air cleaner filter A Genuine Kia air cleaner filter is recom mended when the filter is replaced Spark plugs Make sure to install new spark plugs of the correct heat range Valve clearance Inspect excessive valve noise and or engine vibration and adjust if necessary An authorized Kia dealer should perform the operation Cooling system Check cooling system components such as radiator coolant reservoir hoses and connections for leakage and damage Replace any damaged parts Coolant The coolant should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule Manual transaxle fluid if equipped Inspect the manual transaxle fluid according to the maintenance schedule Automatic transaxle fluid if equipped Automatic transaxle fluid should not be checked under normal usage conditions But in severe conditions the fluid should be changed at an authorized Kia dealer in accordance to the scheduled mainte nance at the beginning of this chapter NOTICE Automatic transaxle fluid color is basi cally red As the vehicle is driven the automatic transaxle fluid will begin to look darker It is normal condition and you should not judge the need to replace the fluid b
237. nto your eyes flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immedi ate medical attention If electrolyte gets on your skin thoroughly wash the contacted area If you feel a pain or a burning sensa tion get medical attention immediately Wear eye protection when charging or working near a battery Always provide ventilation when working in an enclosed space An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health Dispose the battery according to your local law s or regulation Continued Maintenance Battery recharging A CAUTION Your vehicle has a maintenance free e When you don t use the vehicle calcium based battery for a long time in the Ha temper if the battery becomes discharged in a ature area separate the battery short time because for example the and keep it indoors headlights or interior lights were left on e Always charge the battery fully to while the vehicle was not in use prevent battery case damage in recharge it by slow charging trickle low temperature area for 10 hours e If you connect unauthorized elec if the battery gradually discharges tronic devices to the battery the because of high electric load while the battery may be discharged Never vehicle is being used recharge it at 20 use unauthorized devices 30A for two hours Maintenance LD O Reset items Items should be reset after the battery has been discharge
238. o off if everything is normal If the light stays on you may have a problem with your ABS Contact an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible Driving your vehicle 4 CAUTION When you drive on a road with poor traction such as an icy road and operated your brakes contin uously the ABS will be active continuously and the ABS warn ing light may illuminate Pull your vehicle over to a safe place and stop the engine Restart the engine If the ABS warning light is off then your ABS system is normal Otherwise you may have a prob lem with the ABS Contact an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible NOTICE When you jump start your vehicle because of a drained battery the engine may not run as smoothly and the ABS warning light may turn on at the same time This happens because of the low battery voltage It does not mean your ABS has malfunctioned Do not pump your brakes e Have the battery recharged before driving the vehicle N OTF050018 Electronic stability control ESC The Electronic Stability control ESC system is designed to stabilize the vehicle during cornering maneuvers ESC checks where you are steering and where the vehicle is actually going ESC applies the brakes on individual wheels and intervenes with the engine management system to stabilize the vehicle The Electronic Stability Control ESC system is an electronic system designed to help the driver maintain vehicle
239. o over 130 channels of music information and entertainment programming Activation In order to extend or reactivate your sub scription to SIRIUS Satellite Radio you will need to contact SIRIUS Customer Care at 1 888 539 7474 Have your 12 digit SID Sirius Identification Number ESN Electronic Serial Number ready To retrieve the SID ESN turn on the radio press the SAT button and tune to channel zero Please note that the vehicle will need to be turned on in Sirius mode and have an unobstructed view of the sky in order for the radio to receive the activation sig nal 1 Button SIRIUS Satellite Radio Press the button to switch to SIRIUS Satellite Radio It cycles through the different bands as noted below SAT 1 SAT2 SAT3 SAT 1 2 EZ Button CHANNEL e Press button for less than 0 8 seconds to select previous or next channel Press button for 0 8 sec onds or longer to continuously move to previous or next channel If CATEGORY Icon is displayed at the top of the screen channel up down is done through the channels within cur rent category 3 ieee Button e When the RYANS button is pressed it automatically scans the radio stations upwards e The SCAN feature steps through every channel starting from the initial chan nel for ten seconds e Press the button again to stop the scan feature and to listen to the currently selected channel If CATEGORY Icon is displaye
240. o achieve the long term corrosion resistance your vehicle can deliver the owner s cooperation and assistance is also required Common causes of corrosion The most common causes of corrosion on your vehicle are e Road salt dirt and moisture that is allowed to accumulate underneath the vehicle Removal of paint or protective coatings by stones gravel abrasion or minor scrapes and dents which leave unpro tected metal exposed to corrosion High corrosion areas If you live in an area where your vehicle is regularly exposed to corrosive materi als corrosion protection is particularly important Some of the common causes of accelerated corrosion are road salts dust control chemicals ocean air and industrial pollution Moisture breeds corrosion Moisture creates the conditions in which corrosion is most likely to occur For example corrosion is accelerated by high humidity particularly when tempera tures are just above freezing In such conditions the corrosive material is kept in contact with the vehicle surfaces by moisture that is slow to evaporate Mud is particularly corrosive because it dries slowly and holds moisture in con tact with the vehicle Although the mud appears to be dry it can still retain the moisture and promote corrosion High temperatures can also accelerate corrosion of parts that are not properly ventilated so the moisture can be dis persed For all these reasons it is par ticularly imp
241. o browse songs before cur rent song To play the displayed song press the knob Pressing this knob without turning enters to AUDIO CONTROL mode NOTE Order of playing files folders 1 Song playing order to sequen tially Folder D Song File Folder AA DO DO Lie Features of your vehicle 2 Folder playing order If no song file is contained in the folder that folder is not displayed gt _ gt Root gt Folder A gt FolderAA gt Folder ABA gt Folder ABB gt Folder BA Folder BB Features of your vehicle 4 CAUTION IN USING USB DEVICE To use an external USB device make sure the device is not con nected when starting up the vehi cle Connect the device after starting up If you start the engine when the USB device is connected it may damage the USB device USB flashdrives are very sensitive to electric shock If the engine is started up or turned off while the external USB device is connected the external USB device may not work lt may not play inauthentic MP3 or WMA files 1 It can only play MP3 files with the compression rate between 8Kbps 320Kbps 2 lt can only play WMA music files with the compression rate between 8Kbps 320Kbps Take precautions for static electrici ty when connecting or disconnect ing the external USB device Continued Continued An enc
242. of Stalling and gives better acceleration when you need to increase your speed again When the vehicle is traveling down steep hills downshifting helps maintain safe speed and prolongs brake life n i el Driving your vehicle Good driving practices e Never take the vehicle out of gear and coast down a hill This is extremely hazardous Always leave the vehicle in gear e Don t ride the brakes This can cause them to overheat and malfunction Instead when you are driving down a long hill shift to a lower gear When you do this engine braking will help slow down the vehicle Slow down before shifting to a lower gear This will help avoid over revving the engine which can cause damage e Slow down when you encounter cross winds This gives you much better con trol of your vehicle e Be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before you attempt to shift into R Reverse The transaxle can be damaged if you do not To shift into R Reverse depress the clutch move the shift lever to neutral wait three sec onds then shift to the R Reverse position Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface Be especially careful when braking accelerating or shifting gears On a slippery surface an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle to go out of control Driving your vehicle AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE IF EQUIPPED Automatic transaxle operation T
243. of either mirror the ignition switch should be in the ACC or ON position or engine is running Move the lever 1 to R or L to select the right side mirror or the left side mirror then press a corresponding point on the mirror adjustment control to position the select ed mirror up down left or right After the adjustment put the lever into neutral center position to prevent inad vertent adjustment A CAUTION The mirrors stop moving when they reach the maximum adjust ing angles but the motor contin ues to operate while the switch is pressed Do not press the switch longer than necessary the motor may be damaged Do not attempt to adjust the out side rearview mirror by hand Doing so may damage the related parts OTF040045 Folding the outside rearview mirror To fold the outside rearview mirror grasp the housing of the mirror and then fold it toward the rear of the vehicle Features of your vehicle INSTRUMENT CLUSTER E Type A S 1 120 140 74 100 160 lt Z S30 a 2 1 Tachometer 2 Fuel gauge 3 Speedometer 4 Turn signal indicators 5 Warning and indicator lights 6 Odometer Trip computer if equipped Pitt 00 29 160 gt 80 m 1807 a ce The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration For more details refer to the Gauges in the next pages I a ast A DO CRUSE SET co MA DE OTF040050C OTF040051C Features of your ve
244. of the tread Cold Tire Pressure The amount of air pressure in a tire measured in pounds per square inch psi or kilo pascals kPa before a tire has built up heat from driving Curb Weight This means the weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant but without passengers and Cargo DOT Markings The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number TIN an alohanumeric des ignator which can also identify the tire manufacturer production plant brand and date of production GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Front Axle GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Rear axle Intended Outboard Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle Kilopascal kPa The metric unit for air pressure Load Index An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corre sponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire may be inflated The maxi mum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall Maximum Load Rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum per missible inflation pressure for that tire Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight The sum of curb weight accessory weight vehicle capacity weight and production options weight Normal Occupant Weight The number of occupants a vehicl
245. ol lows While pressing the MODE press the DUAL button for 3 seconds or more The display will change from Fahrenheit to Centigrade or from Centigrade to Fahrenheit If the battery has been discharged or dis connected the temperature mode dis play will reset to Fahrenheit el Features of your vehicle Outside thermometer Recirculated air position The current outside temperature is dis With the recirculated air played in 1 C 1 F increments The tem position selected air from perature range is between 40 C 60 C the passenger compart 40 F 140 F ment will be drawn through e The outside temperature on the display the heating system and may not change immediately like a heated or cooled according general thermometer to prevent the to the function selected driver from being inattentive Outside fresh air position m Type A With the outside fresh air position selected air enters the vehicle from out side and is heated or cooled according to the function selected OTF040138 Air intake control The air intake control is used to select outside fresh air position or recirculated air position To change the air intake control position push the control button Features of your vehicle NOTICE Prolonged operation of the heating in recirculated air position will cause fog ging of the windshield and side windows and the air within the passenger com partment will become
246. ol of the vehicle To reduce the risk of personal injury in the event of a sudden OVG049174 stop or collision do not place uncovered or unsecured bottles per Sunvisor glasses cans etc in the cup Use the sunvisor to shield direct light holder while the vehicle is in i through the front or side windows motion A To use the sunvisor pull it downward a To use the sunvisor for the side window pull it downward unsnap it from the su bracket 1 and swing it to the side 2 4 WARNING co Adjust the sunvisor extension forward or Keep cans or bottles out of direct 4 a y backward 3 sun light and do not put them in a ae To use the vanity mirror pull down the vehicle that is heated up It may I visor and slide the mirror cover 4 explode ii The ticket holder 5 is provided for hold Fi ing a tollgate ticket if equipped OTF040160 Gigs or small balene cans may be placed in the cup holders Features of your vehicle 4 CAUTION Vanity mirror lamp If you use the vanity mirror lamp turn off the lamp before return the sunvisor to its original position It could result in battery discharge and possible sunvisor damage z Z Hi MS OTF040161N Power outlet if equipped The power outlet is designed to provide power for mobile telephones or other devices designed to operate with vehicle electrical systems The devices should draw less than 10 a
247. ollision Inflation and non infla tion conditions of the air bag There are many types of accidents in which the air bag would not be expect ed to provide additional protection These include rear impacts second or third collisions in multiple impact accidents as well as low speed impacts In other words just because your vehicle is damaged and even if it is totally unusable don t be surprised that the air bags did not inflate OTF030039N OTF030040 OTF030041 OMG035053 OTF030048N Air bag collision sensors 1 SRS control module 3 Side impact sensor 2 Front impact sensor 4 Side pressure sensor ed Safety features of your vehicle Continued e Problems may arise if the sensor WARNING e Do not hit or allow any objects to impact the locations where air bag or sensors are installed This may cause unexpected air bag deployment which could result in serious personal injury or death If the installation location or angle of the sensors is altered in any Way the air bags may deploy when they should not or they may not deploy when they should causing severe injury or death Therefore do not try to perform maintenance on or around the air bag sensors Have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized Kia dealer Continued installation angles are changed due to the deformation of the front bumper body or B pillar where side collision sensors are installed Have the vehicle checked and repai
248. on Say Phonebook Say Add Entry after prompt Say By Phone to proceed Say Yes to confirm Your phone will start to transfer phone contact list to the audio system This process may take over 10 min utes depending on the phone model and number of entries Wait till the audio displays Transfer Complete message e Changing Name The registered names can be modified Press button Say Phonebook Say Change Name after prompt Say the name of the entry voice tag Say Yes to confirm Say new desired name e Deleting Name The registered names can be deleted Press button Say Phonebook Say Delete Name after prompt Say the name of the entry voice tag Say Yes to confirm E Bluetooth wireless technology Audio Speaker Adaptation Speaker adaptation will improve perform ance of voice recognition system to a particular user voice This will degrade the performance for other users e Record Press button for 10sec Say Record profile Say Yes Say the word displayed on Radio e Delete Press button for 10sec Say Delete profile Say Yes Features of your vehicle m Key matrix Paired H P SE i i i E Disconnected __ SOMEeted Incoming Call Outgoing Call Active Call 2nd Call mpty BT SETUP menu 2nd call 2nd Call SHORT Not Paired Not Connecting Accept
249. on facility Before touching the fuel nozzle you should eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity dis charge by touching another metal part of the vehicle a safe dis tance away from the fuel filler neck nozzle or other gas source Continued Continued e Do not get back into a vehicle once you have begun refueling since you can generate static electricity by touching rubbing or sliding against any item or fab ric polyester satin nylon etc capable of producing static elec tricity Static electricity discharge can ignite fuel vapors resulting in rapid burning If you must re enter the vehicle you should once again eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity dis charge by touching a metal part of the vehicle away from the fuel filler neck nozzle or other gaso line source When using an approved portable fuel container be sure to place the container on the ground prior to refueling Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire Once refueling has begun contact with the vehicle should be maintained until the filling is complete Continued Features of your vehicle CAUTION e Make sure to refuel your vehicle according to the Fuel require ments suggested in section 1 If the fuel filler cap requires replacement use only a genuine Kia cap or the equivalent speci fied for your vehicle An incorrect fuel filler cap can result in a se
250. on any other vehicle because this tire has been designed especially for your vehicle The compact spare tire s tread life is shorter than a regular tire Inspect your compact spare tire regularly and replace worn com pact spare tires with the same size and design mounted on the same wheel The compact spare tire should not be used on any other wheels nor should standard tires snow tires wheel covers or trim rings be used with the compact spare wheel If such use is attempted damage to these items or other car compo nents may occur Do not use more than one compact Spare tire at a time Do not tow a trailer while the com pact spare tire is installed What to do in an emergency TOWING OE o T OMC045012 Towing service If emergency towing is necessary we recommend having it done by an author ized Kia dealer or a commercial tow truck service Proper lifting and towing proce dures are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle The use of wheel dollies or flatbed is recommended It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground without dol lies and the front wheels off the ground If any of the loaded wheels or suspen sion components are damaged or the vehicle is being towed with the front wheels on the ground use a towing dolly under the front wheels When being towed by a commercial tow truck and wheel dollies are not used the front of the vehicle should always be l
251. on key into the igni tion switch and turn it to ON it checks and determines and verifies if the ignition key is valid or not If the key is determined to be valid the engine will start If the key is determined to be invalid the engine will not start To activate the immobilizer system Turn the ignition key to the OFF position The immobilizer system activates auto matically Without a valid ignition key for your vehicle the engine will not start To deactivate the immobilizer sys tem Insert the ignition key into the key cylin der and turn it to the ON position NOTICE When starting the engine do not use the key with other immobilizer keys around Otherwise the engine may not start or may stop soon after it starts Keep each key separate in order to avoid a starting malfunction 4 CAUTION Do not put metal accessories near the ignition switch Metal acces sories may interrupt the transpon der signal and may prevent the engine from being started NOTICE If you need additional keys or lose your keys consult an authorized Kia dealer 4 CAUTION The transponder in your ignition key is an important part of the immobilizer system It is designed to give years of trouble free service however you should avoid expo sure to moisture static electricity and rough handling Immobilizer system malfunction could occur dn i n i i e Features of your vehicle A CAUTION Do not change alter or
252. on when the EPS has malfunctioned If it comes on while driving have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer Active ECO system When the active ECO is operating the ECO indicator is green For more detailed information refer to Active ECO in chapter 5 LCD display warning if equipped Key is not in vehicle Key is not in vehicle E Type A E lype B iz VO Br ag aL key is not in vehicle OTF040081N If the smart key is not in the vehicle and if any door is opened or closed with the ENGINE START STOP button in the ACC ON or START position the warning illu minates on the LCD display Also the chime sounds for 5 seconds when the smart key is not in the vehicle and the door is closed Always have the smart key with you Key is not detected E Type A E Type B RA oe Key is not detected Key is not detected OTF040082N If the smart key is not in the vehicle or is not detected and you press the ENGINE START STOP button the warning illumi nates on the LCD display for 10 seconds Also the immobilizer indicator and the key holder light blinks for 10 seconds Features of your vehicle Low key battery E Type A E Type B CY gt Low Key Battery Low Key Battery OTF040083N If the ENGINE START STOP button is pressed to the OFF position when the smart key in the vehicle discharges the warning illuminates on the LCD display fo
253. ont passenger s seat If the air bag deploys it would impact the rear fac ing child restraint Causing serious or fatal injury In addition do not place front facing child restraint in the front passengers seat either If the front passenger air bag inflates it would cause serious or fatal injuries to the child Safety features of your vehicle W7 147 Air bag warning light The purpose of the air bag warning light in your instrument panel is to alert you of a potential problem with your air bag Supplemental Restraint System SRS When the ignition switch is turned ON the indicator light should illuminate for approximately 6 seconds then go off Have the system checked if e The light does not turn on briefly when you turn the ignition ON e The light stays on after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds e The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion OTF030049N SRS components and functions The SRS consists of the following com ponents 1 Driver s front air bag module 2 Passenger s front air bag module 3 Side impact air bag modules 4 Curtain air bag modules 5 Retractor pre tensioner assemblies 6 7 8 9 1 Air bag warning light SRS control module SRSCM Front impact sensors Side impact sensors 0 PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indi cator Front passenger s seat only 11 Occupant detection system Front passenger s seat only Safety features of your vehic
254. op stud Then jiggle the wheel back and forth until the wheel can be slid over the other studs What to do in an emergency 10 To install the wheel hold it on the studs put the wheel nuts on the studs and tighten them finger tight Jiggle the tire to be sure it is completely seated then tighten the nuts as much as possible with your fingers again 11 Lower the vehicle to the ground by turning the wheel nut wrench counterclockwise OTF060007 Then position the wrench as shown in the drawing and tighten the wheel nuts Be sure the socket is seated complete ly over the nut Do not stand on the wrench handle or use an extension pipe over the wrench handle Go around the wheel tightening every nut following the numerical sequence shown in the image until they are tight Then double check each nut for tight ness After changing the wheels have an authorized Kia dealer tighten the wheel nuts to their proper torque as soon as possible Wheel nut tightening torque Steel wheel amp aluminium alloy wheel 9 11 kg m 65 79 Ib ft What to do in an emergency If you have a tire gauge remove the valve cap and check the air pressure If the pressure is lower than recom mended drive slowly to the nearest service station and inflate to the cor rect pressure If it is too high adjust it until it is correct Always reinstall the valve cap after checking or adjusting the tire pressure If the cap is not replaced air ma
255. ors Narrow bands sometimes called wear bars that show across the tread of a tire when only 2 32 inch of tread remains UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards a tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire s traction tempera ture and treadwear Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing proce dures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire Vehicle Capacity Weight The num ber of designated seating positions multiplied by 68 kg 150 Ibs plus the rated cargo and luggage load Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire due to curb and accessory weight plus maximum occupant and cargo weight Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle its share of the curb weight accessory weight and normal occu pant weight and driving by 2 Vehicle Placard A label permanent ly attached to a vehicle showing the Original equipment tire size and rec ommended inflation pressure Maintenance n All season tires Kia specifies all season tires on some models to provide good per formance for use all year round including snowy and icy road condi tions All season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M S Mud and Snow on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than all season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas Summer tires Kia speci
256. ors have been provided in your vehicle The LATCH anchors are located in the left and right outboard rear seating positions Their locations are shown in the illustration There is no LATCH anchor provided for the center rear seating position The LATCH anchors are located between the seatback and the seat cushion of the rear seat left and right outboard seating positions Follow the child seat manufacturer s instructions to properly install child restraint seats with LATCH or LATCH compatible attachments Once you have installed the LATCH child restraint assure that the seat is properly attached to the LATCH and tether anchors Safety features of your vehicle Also test the child restraint seat before you place the child in it Tilt the seat from side to side Also try to tug the seat for ward Check to see if the anchors hold the seat in place N CAUTION Do not allow the rear seat belt web bing to get scratched or pinched by the child seat latch and LATCH anchor during installation Safety features of your vehicle AIR BAG ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM 1 Drivers front air bag 2 Passenger s front air bag 3 Side impact air bag 4 Curtain air bag The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OMG039025 Safety features of your vehicle How does the air bag system operate Air bags are activated able to inflate if necessary only when the ignition switc
257. ortant to keep your vehicle clean and free of mud or accumulations of other materials This applies not only to the visible surfaces but particularly to the underside of the vehicle dn i i ed Maintenance O_O eee To help prevent corrosion You can help prevent corrosion from get ting started by observing the following Keep your vehicle clean The best way to prevent corrosion is to keep your vehicle clean and free of cor rosive materials Attention to the under side of the vehicle is particularly impor tant e If you live in a high corrosion area where road salts are used near the ocean areas with industrial pollution acid rain etc you should take extra care to prevent corrosion In winter hose off the underside of your vehicle at least once a month and be sure to clean the underside thoroughly when winter is over e When cleaning underneath the vehicle give particular attention to the compo nents under the fenders and other areas that are hidden from view Do a thorough job just dampening the accu mulated mud rather than washing it away will accelerate corrosion rather than prevent it Water under high pres sure and steam are particularly effec tive in removing accumulated mud and corrosive materials When cleaning lower door panels rocker panels and frame members be sure that drain holes are kept open so that moisture can escape and not be trapped inside to accelerate corrosion Keep your
258. osition 4 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air or recirculated air position 5 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 6 If air conditioning is desired turn the air conditioning system if equipped on OTF040122 Features of your vehicle OTF040121 Mode selection The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the venti lation system Face Level B C D E F Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face Additionally each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor Most of the air flow is directed to the floor with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side win dow defrosters Bi Level B C D E F Floor Level A C D E Floor Defrost Level A C D E Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters Defrost Level A D Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air directed to the side window defrosters OTF040123 MAX A C Level B D E To operate the MAX A C turn the tem perature knob to extreme left Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face In this mode the air conditioning and the recirculated air position will be selected automatically y A OTF040124 Instrument panel
259. ou hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the car have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized Kia dealer e Do not run the engine in an enclosed area Letting the engine idle in your garage even with the garage door open is a hazardous practice Never run the engine in your garage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the vehicle out e Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehicle If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the vehicle be sure to do so only in an open area with the air intake set at Fresh and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn into the interior If you must drive with the trunk open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary 1 Close all windows 2 Open side vents 3 Set the air intake control at Fresh the air flow control at Floor or Face and the fan at one of the higher speeds To assure proper operation of the ventilation system be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the windshield are kept clear of snow ice leaves or other obstructions Driving your vehicle BEFORE DRIVING Before entering vehicle Be sure that all windows outside mir ror s and outside lights are clean Check the condition of the tires Check under the vehicle for any sign of leaks
260. ow lock button is in the LOCK position pressed the driver s master control cannot operate the passenger door power windows Features of your vehicle Closing the hood 1 Before closing the hood check the fol lowing All filler caps in engine compartment must be correctly installed e Gloves rags or any other com bustible material must be removed from the engine compartment 2 Lower the hood halfway and push down to securely lock in place OTF040025N 2 Go to the front of the vehicle raise the OTF040024 Opening the hood 1 Pull the release lever to unlatch the hood slightly pull the secondary latch hood The hood should pop open 1 inside of the hood center and lift slightly the hood 2 3 Raise the hood It will raise completely by itself after it has been raised about halfway i el Features of your vehicle Features of your vehicle FUEL FILLER LID i t 2 2 i Y OTF040026 Opening the fuel filler lid The fuel filler lid must be opened from inside the vehicle by pushing the fuel filler lid opener button NOTICE If the fuel filler lid will not open because ice has formed around it tap lightly or push on the lid to break the ice and release the lid Do not pry on the lid If necessary spray around the lid with an approved de icer fluid do not use radi ator anti freeze or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt
261. p lamp and the room lamp stays on continuously Features of your vehicle OLM049105 OTF040110 A OTF040112 Trunk room lamp if equipped Glove box lamp if equipped Vanity mirror lamp The trunk room lamp comes on when the The glove box lamp comes on when the Push the switch to turn the light on or off trunk is opened glove box is opened e S The lamp will turn on if this button The parking lights or headlights must be is pressed A CAUTION ON for the glove box lamp to function e The ul turn off if this button is pressed The trunk room lamp comes on as long as the trunk lid opens To pre A CAUTION vent unnecessary charging system To prevent unnecessary charging AN CAUTION Vanity mirror drain close the trunk lid securely system drain close the glove box lamp if equipped SUNT DESH MN REALS ea securely after using the glove box Always have the switch in the off position when the vanity mirror lamp is not in use If the sunvisor is closed without the lamp off it may discharge the battery or damage the sunvisor Features of your vehicle DEFROSTER CAUTION To prevent damage to the conduc tors bonded to the inside surface of the rear window never use sharp instruments or window cleaners containing abrasives to clean the window NOTICE If you want to defrost and defog the front windshield refer to Windshield Defrosting and Defogging in this sec tion E Type A OTF040114
262. pants at du changement ne dol jamais d passer l COLD TIRE PRESSURE PRESSION DES PHEUS A FROID Tire and loading information label The label located on the driver s door sill gives the original tire size cold tire pressures recommended for your vehicle the number of people that can be in your vehicle and vehicle capacity weight Vehicle capacity weight 410 kg 904 Ibs Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi mum combined weight of occupants and cargo Seating capacity Total 5 persons Front seat 2 persons Rear seat 3 persons Seating capacity is the maximum number of occupants including a driver your vehicle may carry However the seating capacity may be reduced based upon the weight of all of the occupants and the weight of the cargo being carried Do not overload the vehicle as there is a limit to the total weight or load limit including occupants and cargo the vehicle can carry Driving your vehicle Towing capacity We do not recommend using this vehicle for trailer towing Cargo capacity The cargo capacity of your vehicle will increase or decrease depending on the weight and the number of occupants and the tongue load if your vehicle is equipped with a trailer __ j Steps For Determining Correct Load
263. ple tire size designation These numbers are provided as an example only your tire size designa tor could vary depending on your vehicle P205 65R16 94H P Applicable vehicle type tires marked with the prefix P are intended for use on passenger vehicles or light trucks however not all tires have this marking 205 Tire width in millimeters 65 Aspect ratio The tire s section height as a percentage of its width R Tire construction code Radial 16 Rim diameter in inches Maintenance E 94 Load Index a numerical code associated with the maximum load the tire can carry H Speed Rating Symbol See the speed rating chart in this section for additional information Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with impor tant information that you need if you ever have to replace one The follow ing explains what the letters and numbers in the wheel size designa tion mean Example wheel size designation 6 5JX16 6 5 Rim width in inches J Rim contour designation 16 Rim diameter in inches Tire speed ratings The chart below lists many of the dif ferent speed ratings currently being used for passenger vehicles The speed rating is part of the tire size designation on the sidewall of the tire This symbol corresponds to that tire s designed maximum safe oper ating speed Maximum Speed 180 km h 112 mph 190 km h 118 mph 210 km h 130 mph 240 km h 149 mph Above
264. pull up the lever 4 CAUTION Do not keep food in the glove box for a long time Features of your vehicle OTF040154 Cool box You can keep beverage cans or other items cool using the open close lever of the vent installed in the multi box 1 Turn on the fan and set the tempera ture control to the desired position 2 Turn the open close lever of the vent installed in the multi box to the open position 3 When the cool box is not used turn the lever to its closed position For improving the effectiveness of the cool box do as follow 1 Set the fan speed to the highest extreme right position NOTICE If some items in the cool box block the vent the cooling effectiveness of the cool box is reduced OTF040155N Sunglass holder To open the sunglass holder press the cover and the holder will slowly open Place your sunglasses with the lenses facing out To close the sunglass holder push it up Features of your vehicle j Features of your vehicle INTERIOR FEATURES Cup holder 4 WARNING Hot liquids e Do not place uncovered cups of hot liquid in the cup holder while the vehicle is in motion If the hot liquid spills you may burn your self Such a burn to the driver could lead to loss of contr
265. questions concern ing seat belt operation should be directed to an authorized Kia dealer Safety features of your vehicle CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM Children riding in the car should sit in the rear seat and must always be properly restrained to minimize the risk of injury in an accident sudden stop or sudden maneuver According to accident statis tics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seats than in the front seat Larger children not in a child restraint should use one of the seat belts provided You should be aware of the specific requirements in your country Child and or infant safety seats must be properly placed and installed in the rear seat You must use a commercially available child restraint system that meets the require ments of the safety standards of your country Child restraint systems are designed to be secured in vehicle seats by seat belt or by a tether anchor and or LATCH anchors if equipped Children could be injured or killed in a crash if their restraints are not properly secured For small children and babies a child seat or infant seat must be used Before buying a particular child restraint system make sure it fits your vehicle seat and seat belts and fits your child Follow all the instructions provided by the manufacturer when installing the child restraint system Safety features of your vehicle Continued e Never leave children unattended Continued
266. r If smart key system related parts need repair the indicator blinks Low fuel level warning light n This warning light indicates the fuel tank is nearly empty When it comes on you should add fuel as soon as possible Driving with the fuel level warning light on or with the fuel level below E can cause the engine to misfire and damage the catalytic converter if equipped Malfunction indicator lamp MIL check engine light This indicator is part of the Engine Control System which monitors various emission control system components If this indicator illuminates while driving it indicates that a potential malfunction has been detected somewhere in the emis sion control system This indicator will also illuminates when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and will go off in a few seconds after the engine is started If it illuminates while driving or does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position take your vehicle to the nearest authorized Kia dealer and have the sys tem checked Generally your vehicle will continue to be drivable but have the system checked by an authorized Kia dealer promptly Features of your vehicle A CAUTION e Prolonged driving with the Emission Control System Malfunction Indicator Light illumi nated may cause damage to the emission control systems which could effect drivability and or fuel economy e If the Emission Control System Mal
267. r about 10 seconds Replace the battery with a new one Press brake pedal to start engine E Type A E lype B Press brake pedal v to start engine Press brake pedal to stort engine OTF040084N If the ENGINE START STOP button is pressed to the ACC position twice by pressing the button repeatedly without depressing the brake pedal the warning illuminates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds to indicate that you should depress the brake pedal to start the engine Shift to P position E Type A E Type B ed Shift to FP position Shift to P Position OTF040085N If you try to turn off the engine without the shift lever in the P Park position the ENGINE START STOP button will change to the ACC position If the button is pressed once more it will change to the ON position The warning illuminates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds to indicate that you should press the ENGINE START STOP button with the shift lever in the P Park position to turn off the engine Features of your vehicle Remove key E Type A S Remove key E Type B fu Remove key OTF040086N When you turn off the engine with the smart key in the smart key holder the warning illuminates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds Also the smart key holder light blinks for about 10 seconds To remove the smart key push the smart key once and pull it out from the smart key holder Insert ke
268. r button 7 4 The outside fresh air position will be selected automatically Features of your vehicle Defogging logic To reduce the probability of fogging up inside of the windshield the air intake or air conditioning are controlled automati cally according to certain conditions such as E or WY position To cancel or return to the defogging logic do the fol lowings OTF040147 Manual climate control system 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion 2 Turn the mode selection knob to the defrost position W 3 Push the air intake control button at least 5 times within 3 seconds The indicator light in the air intake control button will blink 3 times with 0 5 second of interval It indicates that the defogging logic is canceled or returned to the pro grammed status If the battery has been discharged or dis connected it resets to the defog logic status pe Ro 48N Automatic climate control system 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion 2 Select the defroster position pressing the defroster button 3 While pressing the air conditioning button A C press the air intake con trol button lt at least 5 times with in 3 seconds The A C display blinks 3 times with 0 5 second of interval It indicates that the defogging logic is canceled or returned to the programmed status If the battery has been discharged or dis connected it resets to the defog
269. rature on the display required may not change immediately like a F RESET Set Alarm general thermometer to prevent the bo driver from being inattentive OTF040072N Engine Oil Tire Rotation Service Required 1 If service is required the message will be displayed 4 55 i i n n n Features of your vehicle User Setting O Maintenance _Engine Oil Service Message Off PN LO Vehicle Option T Exit f TRIP Move RESET Service Complete Reset Remind Later a TRIP Move f RESET Select OTF040078N 2 If you would like to reset or inactivate the maintenance system press the RESET button for more than 1 second The display will change to Engine Oil Service Message mode Maintenance Back Engine Oil Tire Rotation You can move to items by pressing the TRIP Move RESET Select TRIP button and select the desired item by pressing the RESET button Engine Oil a Bock O Not Use O 12000km O 13000km O 14000km k 15000km TRIP Move RESET Select OTF040076C Select i OTF040074N 3 Select Maintenance 1 When the vehicle is at a standstill pressing the TRIP button for more than 2 seconds with the ENGINE START STOP button in the ON position or engine running the LCD display on the cluster will change to the User Setting mode You can move to the items by pressing the TRIP button and select the item by pressing the RESET button 2 In the User Se
270. re manual In order to minimize the chance of death or injury you must read the WARNING and CAU TION sections in the manual Illustrations complement the words in this manual to best explain how to enjoy your vehicle By reading your manual you will learn about features important safety information and driving tips under vari ous road conditions The general layout of the manual is pro vided in the Table of Contents Use the index when looking for a specific area or subject it has an alphabetical listing of all information in your manual Sections This manual has eight sections plus an index Each section begins with a brief list of contents so you can tell at a glance if that section has the information you want You will find various WARNINGs CAUTIONs and NOTICEs in this manu al These WARNINGs were prepared to enhance your personal safety You should carefully read and follow ALL procedures and recommendations provided in these WARNINGS CAUTIONS and NOTICES A CAUTION A CAUTION indicates a situation in which damage to your vehicle could result if the caution Is ignored NOTICE A NOTICE indicates interesting or help ful information is being provided Introduction n FUEL REQUIREMENTS Your new Kia vehicle is designed to use only unleaded fuel having a pump octane number R M 2 of 87 Research Octane Number 91 or higher Your new vehicle is designed to obtain maximum performance with UNL
271. red by an authorized Kia dealer Your vehicle has been designed to absorb impact and deploy the air bag s in certain collisions Installing bumper guards or replacing a bumper with non gen uine parts may adversely affect your vehicles collision and air bag deployment performance Air bag inflation conditions Front air bags Front air bags are designed to inflate in a frontal collision depending on the intensi ty speed or angles of impact of the front collision Safety features of your vehicle 1JBA3516 e f MA hay OUN026090 Side air eas Side air bags side impact and or curtain air bags are designed to inflate when an impact is detected by side collision sen sors depending on the strength speed or angles of impact resulting from a side impact collision Although the front air bags driver s and front passenger s air bags are designed to inflate only in frontal collisions they also may inflate in other types of colli sions if the front impact sensors detect a sufficient impact Side air bags side impact and or curtain air bags are designed to inflate only in side impact collisions but they may inflate in other collisions if the side impact sensors detect a sufficient impact If the vehicle chassis is impacted by bumps or objects on unimproved roads the air bags may deploy Drive carefully on unimproved roads or on surfaces not designed for vehicle traffic to prevent unintended air bag dep
272. ress the button once again The indicator on the button will turn off lt will turn off automatically approximate ly 30 minutes after the heated steering wheel is turned on If you turn on the ignition again after turn off your engine in half an hour after operating heater button the heating sys tem will be maintained in its on condi tion 4 CAUTION Do not install any grip to operate the steering wheel This causes damage to the heated steering wheel system When cleaning the heated steer ing wheel do not use an organic solvent such as paint thinner benzene alcohol and gasoline Doing so may damage the sur face of the steering wheel If the surface of steering wheel is damaged by sharp object dam age to the heated steering wheel components could occur Features of your vehicle MIRRORS Inside rearview mirror Adjust the rearview mirror so that the center view through the rear window is seen Make this adjustment before you start driving OTF040040 Day night rearview mirror Make this adjustment before you start driving and while the day night lever is in the day position Pull the day night lever toward you to reduce glare from the headlights of the vehicles behind you during night driving Remember that you lose some rearview clarity in the night position Electric chromic mirror ECM with HomeLink system and compass If equipped Your vehicle may be equipped with a Gentex Automatic D
273. ri ous malfunction of the fuel sys tem or emission control system Do not spill fuel on the exterior surfaces of the vehicle Any type of fuel spilled on painted surfaces may damage the paint After refueling make sure the fuel cap is installed securely to pre vent fuel spillage in the event of an accident Features of your vehicle PANORAMA SUNROOF IF EQUIPPED l NOTICE NOTICE e In cold and wet climates the sunroof The sunroof cannot slide when it is in may not work properly due to freez the tilt position nor can it be tilted while ing conditions in an open or slide position e After washing the car or after there is rain be sure to wipe off any water that is on the sunroof before operating it f 4 CAUTION di Do not continue to move the sun OVG049031 roof control lever after the sunroof If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof is in the fully open closed or tilt you can slide or tilt your sunroof with the position s Damage to the motor or sunroof control lever located on the over system components could occur head console The sunroof can only be opened closed or tilted when the ignition switch is in the ON position Features of your vehicle OYF049214 Sunshade e To open the sunshade pull the sunroof control lever backward to the first detent position e To close the sunshade when the sun roof glass is closed push the sunroof control lever forward To stop the sliding a
274. rking light position 00 The light switch has a Headlight and a When the light switch is in the parking Parking light position light position the tail license and instru To operate the lights turn the knob atthe ment panel lights will turn ON end of the control lever to one of the fol lowing positions 1 OFF position 2 Parking light position 3 Headlight position 4 Auto light position if equipped Features of your vehicle A CAUTION e Never place anything over sensor 1 located on the instrument panel This will ensure better A auto light system control e Don t clean the sensor using a window cleaner The cleaner may leave a light film which could interfere with sensor operation e If your vehicle has window tint or other types of metallic coating on OAM049042 OVG049181 the front windshield the Auto Headlight position 20 Auto light position if equipped light system may not work prop When the light switch is in the headlight When the light switch is in the AUTO light anii position the head tail license and position the taillights and headlights will instrument panel lights will turn ON turn ON or OFF automatically depending on the amount of light outside the vehi NOTICE ee The ignition switch must be in the ON position to turn on the headlights Features of your vehicle e OAM049044 High beam operation To turn on the high beam headlights push the lever away from you Pu
275. rn the key toward the LOCK position Driving your vehicle ACC Accessory The steering wheel is unlocked if equipped and electrical accessories are operative ON The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started This is the normal running position after the engine is started Do not leave the ignition switch ON if the engine is not running to prevent battery discharge START Turn the ignition switch to the START position to start the engine The engine will crank until you release the key then it returns to the ON position The brake warning light can be checked in this posi tion dn i ce Driving your vehicle ENGINE Str nor BUTTON IF EQUIPPED ENGINE START STOP button position CAUTION OFF You are able to turn off the engine START RUN or vehicle power ON only when the vehicle is not in motion In an emergency situation while the vehicle is in motion you are able to turn the engine off and lt to the ACC position by pressing the With automatic transaxle tiluminated ENGINE START STOP button for To turn off the engine START RUN posi more than 2 seconds or 3 times tion or vehicle power ON position successively within 3 seconds If OTF050005 diga ARRE i the vehicle is still moving you can with the shift lever in the ark posi restart the engine without depress Illuminated ENGINE START STOP tion When you press the ENGINE ing the brake pedal by pressing the
276. rning flasher should be used whenever you find it necessary to stop the car in a hazardous location When you must make such an emer gency stop always pull off the road as far as possible Features of your vehicle REAR PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED eS S OTF040101 The rear parking assist system assists the driver during backward movement of the vehicle by chiming if any object is sensed within a distance of 120 cm 47 in behind the vehicle This system is a supplemental system and it is not intend ed to nor does it replace the need for extreme care and attention of the driver The sensing range and objects detectable by the back sensors are limit ed Whenever backing up pay aS much attention to what is behind you as you would in a vehicle without a rear parking assist system Operation of the rear parking assist system Operating condition e This system will activate when backing up with the ignition switch ON The sensing distance while the rear parking assist system is in operation is approximately 120 cm 47 in When more than two objects are sensed at the same time the closest one will be recognized first Types of warning sound When an object is 120 cm to 81 cm 47 in to 32 in from the rear bumper Buzzer beeps intermittently e When an object is 80 cm to 41 cm 31 in to 16 in from the rear bumper Buzzer beeps more frequently e When an object is within 40 cm 15 in
277. rol on If you want to speed up temporarily when the cruise control is on depress the accelerator pedal Increased speed will not interfere with the cruise control oper ation or change the set speed To return to the set speed take your foot off the accelerator OTF050023 To cancel cruise control do one of the following Depress the brake pedal Depress the clutch pedal with a manu al transaxle Shift into N Neutral with an automatic transaxle Press the CANCEL switch Decrease the vehicle speed lower than the memory speed by 15 km h 9 mph Decrease the vehicle speed to less than approximately 40 km h 25 mph Each of these actions will cancel cruise control operation the SET indicator light in the instrument cluster will go off but it will not turn the system off If you wish to resume cruise control operation move the lever up to RES You will return to your previously preset speed Driving your vehicle OTF050022 To resume cruising speed at more than approximately 40 km h 25 mph If any method other than the cruise ON OFF switch was used to cancel cruis ing speed and the system is still activat ed the most recent set speed will auto matically resume when the RES switch is pushed It will not resume however if the vehicle speed has dropped below approximately 40 km h 25 mph NOTICE Always check the road conditions when pressing the RES switch to resume the speed
278. rror ECM with homelink system ANd COMPASS ctrcercriziarazezenisenininazinniz e eninzo nine iii niziona Inside rearview mirror 4 39 Outside rearview Mirror ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetteeeceeeeeeeees 4 46 Moonroof see panorama SUNroof iii 4 30 MOlriss ioni 7 48 ava OS Neck restraints see headrest 0 3 8 3 15 0 Occupant detection SYSTEM cei 3 46 Olbia 4 52 Oil Engine E 7 15 Outside rearview mirror 4 46 Oriani 6 6 Owner maintenance ssi 7 5 E aR LA E E 5 19 Panorama sunroof iii 4 30 Parking Di eE E 5 24 Parking brake inspect s sssevssessessssessassveseseasensaeaaeas 7 14 Passenger s front air bags 3 52 Poiana 5 23 Power meV ee Ce ee ee 4 117 Power window lock button 4 24 Pre tensioner seat belte eeeeeessssssssssssesssssessssssssseseesesseseeesee 3 24 Push starting ee ee E ee 6 5 R Rear parking assist SYSTEM iii 4 75 PRO NEA 3 13 Rearview camera iii 4 78 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures eee 7 31 Index Recommended lubricants and capacities 8 4 Recommended SAE viscosity number 000000 8 5 Remote keyless CTL ei 4 7 Road warning nin iiivanioizie 6 2 Rocking the vehicle siii i i 5 43 S Sembee oo eee 3 18 Driver s 3 point system with emergency locking retractor lt s000c0sccercricreririeenioniconeceraonazeseonicerenecanasezeone 3 21 Front passenger and rear seat 3 point system with combination locking tetraciofiza nni 3 23 Pre tensioner seat b
279. rypted MP3 PLAYER is not recognizable Depending on the condition of the external USB device the con nected external USB device can be unrecognizable When the formatted byte sector setting of External USB device is not either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE then the device will not be recog nized Use only a USB device formatted to FAT 12 16 32 USB devices without USB I F authentication may not be recog nizable Make sure the USB connection terminal does not come in contact with the human body or other objects If you repeatedly connect or dis connect the USB device in a short period of time it may break the device You may hear a strange noise when connecting or disconnect ing a USB device Continued Continued If you disconnect the external USB device during playback in USB mode the external USB device can be damaged or may malfunction Therefore disconnect the external USB device when the audio is turned off or in another mode e g Radio SIRIUS or CD Depending on the type and capac ity of the external USB device or the type of the files stored in the device there is a difference in the time taken for recognition of the device Do not use the USB device for pur poses other than playing music files Use of USB accessories such as rechargers or heaters using USB I F may lower performance or cause trouble If you use devices such as a USB hub purchased separately the vehicle s audio system may not recognize
280. s use only a soft dry cloth or one which has been moistened with plain water Solvents or cleaners could adversely affect the air bag covers and proper deployment of the system No objects should be placed over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel instrument panel and the front passenger s panel above the glove box because any such object could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to inflate Continued e If the air bags inflate they must be replaced by an authorized Kia dealer Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS wiring or other components of the SRS system Doing so could result in injury due to acci dental inflation of the air bags or by rendering the SRS inopera tive If components of the air bag sys tem must be discarded or if the vehicle must be scrapped certain safety precautions must be observed An authorized Kia dealer knows these precautions and can give you the necessary information Failure to follow these precautions and proce dures could increase the risk of personal injury If your vehicle was flooded and has soaked carpeting or water on the floor you shouldn t try to start the engine have the vehicle towed to an authorized Kia deal er Safety features of your vehicle Additional safety precautions Never let passengers ride in the cargo area or on top of a folded down back seat All occupants should sit upright fully back in t
281. se NOTICE e If the memory fuse is pulled up from the fuse panel the warning chime audio clock and interior lamps etc will not operate Some items must be reset after replacement Refer to Battery in this section Even when the memory fuse is pulled up the battery can still be discharged by operation of the headlights or other electrical devices Maintenance Engine compartment fuse replacement 1 Turn the ignition switch and all other switches off 2 Remove the fuse panel cover by pressing the tab and pulling the cover Up 3 Check the removed fuse replace it if it is blown To remove or insert the fuse use the fuse puller in the engine com partment fuse panel 4 Push in a new fuse of the same rating and make sure it fits tightly in the clips If it fits loosely consult an authorized Kia dealer ed Maintenance 4 CAUTION After checking the fuse panel in the engine compartment securely install the fuse panel cover If not electrical failures may occur from water contact Main fuse If the main fuse is blown it must be removed as follows 1 Turn off the engine Di 3 4 Reinstall Disconnect the negative battery cable Remove the nuts shown in the picture above Replace the fuse with a new one of the same rating in the reverse order of removal OVG079022 Multi fuse If the multi fuse is blown it must be removed as follows 1 2 3 R
282. son struck by the seatback WARNING Driver respon sibility for front seat pas senger Riding in a vehicle with a front seat back reclined could lead to serious or fatal injury in an accident If a front seat is reclined during an accident the occupant s hips may slide under the lap portion of the seat belt applying great force to the unprotected abdomen The protec tion of your restraint system seat belt and air bags is greatly reduced by reclining your seat Serious or fatal internal injuries could result The driver must advise the front passenger to keep the seatback in an upright position whenever the vehicle is in motion WARNING Do not use a sitting cushion that reduces friction between the seat and passenger The passenger s hips may slide under the lap por tion of the seat belt during an acci dent or a sudden stop Serious or fatal internal injuries could result because the seat belt can t operate normally ka tl Safety features of your vehicle WARNING Driver s seat e Never attempt to adjust seat while the vehicle is moving This could result in loss of control and an accident causing death serious injury or property damage Do not allow anything to interfere with the normal position of the seatback Storing items against a seatback or in any other way interfering with proper locking of a seatback could result in serious or fatal injury in a sudden stop or collision
283. stale In addition prolonged operation of the air conditioning with the recirculated air position selected will result in exces sively dry air in the passenger compart ment OTF040139N OTF040140N Fan speed control Air conditioning The fan speed can be set to the desired Press the A C button to turn the air con speed by pressing the fan speed control ditioning system on indicator light will switch illuminate To change the fan speed press the Press the button again to turn the air part of the switch for higher speed or conditioning system off press the V part of the switch for lower speed To turn the fan speed control off press the OFF button Features of your vehicle OTF040141N OTF040142 OFF mode Climate information screen selection Press the OFF button to turn off the air if equipped climate control system However you can Press the climate information screen still operate the mode and air intake but selection button to display climate infor tons as long as the ignition switch is in mation on the screen the ON position Features of your vehicle WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING e For maximum defrosting set the tem perature control to the extreme right not position and the fan speed control to the highest speed If warm air to the floor is desired while defrosting or defogging set the mode to the floor defrost position Before driving clear all snow and ice from the windshiel
284. stem until MP3 play is dis played on the LCD The audio system head unit displays MP3 MODE kt n Features of your vehicle NOTE e In addition to streaming MP3 files all music and sound files your cellu lar phone supports can be played by the audio system e Bluetooth wireless technology compatible cellular phones must include A2DP and AVRCP capabili ties e Some A2DP and AVRCP compatible Bluetooth wireless technology cel lular phones may not play music through the audio system initially These cellular phones may need to have the Bluetooth wireless tech nology streaming enabled for example i e Menu FilemanagerMusic Option Play via Bluetooth wireless technology Please refer to User s Guide for your cellular phone for more information To cancel Bluetooth wireless tech nology cellular phone music streaming stop music playback on the cellular phone or change the audio mode to AM FM SIRIUS CD iPod ect m Phone Setup All Bluetooth wireless technology relat ed operations can be performed in PHONE menu 1 Push the button to enter SETUP mode 2 Select Phone item by rotating the knob then push the knob 3 Select desired item by rotating the knob then push the knob e Pairing a phone Before using Bluetooth wireless tech nology features the phone must be paired registered with the audio sys tem Up to 5 phones can be paired with the sys
285. straint press the release button on the buckle and then pull the lap shoulder belt out of the restraint and allow the seat belt to retract fully When the seat belt is allowed to retract to its fully stowed position the retractor will automatically switch from the Auto Lock mode to the emergency lock mode for normal adult usage ke Safety features of your vehicle F A OTF030030N OTF030029N Securing a child restraint seat with 1 Route the child restraint seat tether Tether Anchor system strap over the seatback Child restraint hook holders are located For vehicles with adjustable headrests on the package tray route the tether strap under the head rest and between the headrest posts otherwise route the tether strap over the top of the seatback 2 Connect the tether strap hook to the appropriate child restraint hook holder and tighten to secure the child restraint seat Safety features of your vehicle WARNING Tether strap e A child can be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the child restraint is not properly anchored Always follow the child seat manufacturer s instructions for installation and use Never mount more than one child restraint to a single tether anchor or to a single lower anchorage point The increased load caused by multiple seats may cause the tethers or lower anchorage points to break causing serious injury or death WARNING Child res
286. system as soon as possible Safety features of your vehicle WARNING e Pre tensioners are designed to operate only one time After acti vation pre tensioner seat belts must be replaced All seat belts of any type should always be replaced after they have been worn during a collision The pre tensioner seat belt assembly mechanisms become hot during activation Do not touch the pre tensioner seat belt assemblies for several minutes after they have been activated Do not attempt to inspect or replace the pre tensioner seat belts yourself This must be done by an authorized Kia dealer Do not strike the pre tensioner seat belt assemblies Continued Continued e Do not attempt to service or repair the pre tensioner seat belt system in any manner Improper handling of the pre ten sioner seat belt assemblies and failure to heed the warnings not to strike modify inspect replace service or repair the pre tension er seat belt assemblies may lead to improper operation or inadver tent activation and serious injury Always wear the seat belts when driving or riding in a motor vehi cle If the vehicle or pre tensioner seat belt must be discarded con tact an authorized Kia dealer Seat belt precautions WARNING All occupants of the vehicle must wear their seat belts at all times Seat belts and child restraints reduce the risk of serious or fatal injuries for all occupants in the event of a collisio
287. t Protected IP Bs 2 I P Junction Box P SEAT DRV 30A P SEAT PASS 20A AMP 30A PDM 2 7 5A IPS 5 IPS 6 B 4 Not Used 608 S IGN 2 E R Fuse amp Relay Box Start Relay Fuse amp Relay Box PDM 3 IG 2 Relay Ignition Switch ABS 1 ESC Module MULTI RR HTD G4KJ E R Fuse amp Relay Box RR HTD Relay G4KJ FUSE C FAN HI G4KH 404 608 C FAN HI Relay G4KH BLOWER E R Fuse amp Relay Box Blower Relay I P Junction Box PDM 1 25A MODULE 3 7 5A S HEATER FRT 20A S HEATER RR 15A TRUNK 10A P WDW LH 25A P WDW RH 25A Power Connector AUDIO 15A TOA TOA TOA TOA TOA FUSE TV 38 408 30A SA CVVL Not Used RR THD G4KH 40A RR HTD Relay G4KH Maintenance Fuse rating Circuit Protected IP B 3 50A I P Junction Box Power Connector ROOM LP 10A SUNROOF 20A DR LOCK 20A IPS 1 IPS 3 ARISU 1 IGN1 40A Fuse amp Relay Box PDM 1 ACC Relay PDM 2 IG 1 Relay Ignition Switch 40A EMS Box HORN 15A ECU 3 10A ECU 1 30A F PUMP 20A EOU TOA FUSE TCU 2 Back Up Lamp Switch Vehicle Speed Sensor Transaxle Range Switch E R Fuse amp Relay Box HAC Relay Stop Lamp Switch ESC Module ABS 3 10A i Multipurpose Check Connector A V amp Navigation Head Unit Audio Electro Chromic Mirror BCM BIM ER 10A Rear Combination Lamp In LH RH A CON A C Control Module Maintenance Engine compartment fuse panel EMS BOX FuseName Fuse rating Circuit Protected EM
288. t any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentar ily NOTICE It is normal for wrinkles to form on the blind because of its material character istic Sliding the sunroof When the sunshade is closed If you pull the sunroof control lever back ward to the second detent position the sunshade will slide all the way open then the sunroof glass will slide all the way open To stop the sunroof movement at any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily When the sunshade is opened If you pull the sunroof control lever back ward the sunroof glass will slide all the way open To stop the sunroof movement at any point pull or push the sunroof con trol lever momentarily Tilting When the sunshade is closed If you push the sunroof control lever upward the sunshade will slide all the way open then the sunroof glass will tilt To stop the sunroof movement at any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily When the sunshade is opened If you push the sunroof control lever upward the sunroof glass will tilt To stop the sunroof movement at any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily Features of your vehicle Closing the sunroof To close the sunroof glass only Push the sunroof control lever forward to the first detent position or pull the lever downward To close the sunroof glass with the sunshade Push the sunroof control lever forward to the secon
289. t in an upright position with the seat belt properly fastened The driver s hands should be placed on the steering wheel at 9 00 and 3 00 positions The passenger s arms and hands should be placed on their laps Do not use any accessory seat covers Use of seat covers could reduce or prevent the effectiveness of the system Do not install any accessories on the side or near the side impact air bag Do not place any objects over the air bag or between the air bag and yourself Continued Continued e Do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door and the front seat Such objects may become dan gerous projectiles and cause injury if the supplemental side air bag inflates To prevent unexpected deploy ment of the side impact air bag that may result in personal injury avoid impact to the side impact sensor when the ignition switch is on If the seat or seat cover is dam aged have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized Kia dealer Inform the dealer that your vehicle is equipped with side impact air bags Safety features of your vehicle The curtain air bags are designed to Conai deploy only during certain side impact Continued collisions depending on the crash sever Do not allow the passengers to INE al OTF030038 Curtain air bag Curtain air bags are located along both sides of the roof rails above the center pillar They are designed to help protect the heads of
290. t key holder Shift Lever All doors will be automati cally unlocked if the shift lever is shifted to the P Park position Twice Unlock On The driver s door will unlock if the door is unlocked When the door is unlocked again within 4 seconds all doors will unlock Off The two turn unlock function will be inactivated Therefore all doors will unlock if the door is unlocked Except the central door lock switch Seat Easy Access only for Driver Position Memory System equipped vehicle On The driver s seat will automatically move forward or rearward for the driver to enter or exit the vehicle comfortably Off The Seat Easy Access function will be inactivated Headlamp Escort On The Headlamp Escort and Escort Welcome function will be activated Off The Headlamp Escort and Escort Welcome function will be inactivat ed kk n n Features of your vehicle Welcome Light if equipped On The Welcome Light function will be activated Off The Welcome Light function will be inactivated Welcome Sound On The Welcome Sound function will be activated Off The Welcome Sound function will be inactivated Auto Triple Turn One touch triple turn signal On The lane change signals will blink 3 times when the turn signal lever is moved slightly Off The Auto Triple Turn function will be inactivated Horn feedback On The hazard warning light will blink and the horn will sound
291. t remains on after the parking brake is released while the engine is running there may be a malfunction in the brake system Immediate attention is necessary If at all possible stop driving the vehicle immediately If that is not possible use extreme caution while operating the vehi cle and only continue to drive the vehicle until you can reach a safe location or repair shop W 75 Anti lock brake system ABS if equipped d WARNING ABS or ESC will not prevent acci dents due to improper or danger ous driving maneuvers Even though vehicle control is improved during emergency braking always maintain a safe distance between you and objects ahead Vehicle speeds should always be reduced during extreme road conditions The braking distance for vehicles equipped with an anti lock braking system Electronic Stability Control System may be longer than for those without it in the following road conditions During these conditions the vehicle should be driven at reduced speeds e Rough gravel or snow covered roads e On roads where the road surface is pitted or has different surface height Continued Drivin our vehicle The ABS continuously senses the speed of the wheels If the wheels are going to lock the ABS system repeatedly modu lates the hydraulic brake pressure to the wheels When you apply your brakes under con ditions which may lock the wheels you may hear a tik tik sound
292. tch 2 Front passengers door power win dow switch 3 Rear door left power window switch 4 Rear door right power window switch 5 Window opening and closing 6 Automatic power window up down 7 Power window lock switch NOTICE In cold and wet climates power windows may not work properly due to freezing conditions a Migs N OTF040019N Features of your vehicle Power windows The ignition switch must be in the ON position for power windows to operate Each door has a power window switch that controls the door s window The driv er has a power window lock switch which can block the operation of passenger windows The power windows can be operated for approximately 30 seconds after the ignition key is removed or turned to the ACC or LOCK position However if the front doors open the power windows cannot be operated within the 30 second period NOTICE While driving with the rear windows down or with the sunroof if equipped in an open or partially open position your vehicle may demonstrate a wind buffeting or pulsation noise This noise is a normal occurrence and can be reduced or eliminated by taking the fol lowing actions If the noise occurs with one or both of the rear windows down partially lower both front windows approximately one inch If you experi ence the noise with the sunroof open slightly reduce the size of the sunroof opening OTF040020 Window opening and c
293. tect the resistance and will stop upward movement The window will then lower approximately 30 cm 11 8 in to allow the object to be cleared If the window detects the resistance while the power window switch is pulled up continuously the window will stop upward movement then lower approxi mately 2 5 cm 1 in And if the power window switch is pulled up continuously again within 5 seconds after the window is lowered by the automatic window reversal feature the automatic window reversal will not operate NOTICE The automatic reverse feature for the driver s window is only active when the auto up feature is used by fully pulling up the switch The automatic reverse feature will not operate if the window is raised using the halfway posi tion on the power window switch Features of your vehicle A CAUTION e To prevent possible damage to the power window system do not open or close two windows or more at the same time This will also ensure the longevity of the fuse Never try to operate the main switch on the driver s door and the individual door window switch in opposing directions at i di the same time If this is done the Power window lock b window will stop and cannot be if equipped opened or closed The driver can disable the power win dow switches on the passenger door by pressing the power window lock switch located on the driver s door to the LOCK position pressed e When the power wind
294. tem NOTE e The pairing procedure of the phone varies according to each phone model Before attempting to pair phone please see your phone s User s Guide for instructions e Once pairing with the phone is com pleted there is no need to pair with that phone again unless the phone is deleted manually from the audio system refer Deleting a Phone section or the vehicle s information is removed from the phone Press button to enter SETUP mode Select Phone then Pair in PHONE menu The audio displays Device Name passkey 0000 Search and select the device name in your mobile phone to starting the pair ing process Features of your vehicle NOTE e If the phone is paired with two or more vehicles of the same model some phones may not handle Bluetooth wireless technology devices of that name correctly In this case you may need to change the name displayed on your phone For example if the vehicles name is KMC CAR you may need to change the name displayed on you phone from KMC_CAR to JOHNS CAR or KMC CAR_1 to avoid ambiguity Refer to your phone User s Guide or contact your cellular carrier or phone manufacturer for instructions e Connecting a phone When the Bluetooth wireless technolo gy system is enabled the phone previ ously used is automatically selected and re connected If you want to select differ ent phone previously paired the phone can be sele
295. ter minal of the booster battery 3 then the other end to a solid stationary metallic point for example the engine lifting bracket away from the battery 4 Do not connect it to or near any part that moves when the engine is cranked Do not allow the jumper cables to con tact anything except the correct battery terminals or the correct ground Do not lean over the battery when making connections N CAUTION Battery cables Do not connect the jumper cable from the negative terminal of the booster battery to the negative ter minal of the discharged battery This can cause the discharged bat tery to overheat and crack releas ing battery acid 5 Start the engine of the vehicle with the booster battery and let it run at 2 000 rpm then start the engine of the vehi cle with the discharged battery If the cause of your battery discharging is not apparent you should have your vehi cle checked by an authorized Kia dealer Push starting Your manual transaxle equipped vehicle should not be push started because it might damage the emission control sys tem Vehicles equipped with automatic transaxle cannot be push started Follow the directions in this section for jump starting di i i n n i What to do in an emergency IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS If your temperature gauge indicates over heating you will experience a loss of power or hear loud pinging or knocking the engine is probably too hot
296. th will scratch the finish Do not use steel wool abrasive cleaners or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on chrome plated or anodized aluminum parts This may result in damage to the pro tective coating and cause discol oration or paint deterioration Maintenance Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in the painted surface must be repaired promptly Exposed metal will quickly rust and may develop into a major repair expense NOTICE If your vehicle is damaged and requires any metal repair or replacement be sure the body shop applies anti corrosion materials to the parts repaired or replaced E eee Maintenance Bright metal maintenance e To remove road tar and insects use a tar remover not a scraper or other sharp object e To protect the surfaces of bright metal parts from corrosion apply a coating of wax or chrome preservative and rub to a high luster During winter weather or in coastal areas cover the bright metal parts with a heavier coating of wax or preserva tive If necessary coat the parts with non corrosive petroleum jelly or other protective compound Underbody maintenance Corrosive materials used for ice and snow removal and dust control may col lect on the underbody If these materials are not removed accelerated rusting can occur on underbody parts such as the fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though they have been
297. the OFF position If you want to activate or deactivate some door lock unlock feature consult an authorized Kia dealer Features of your vehicle 3 Close the rear door To open the rear door pull the outside door handle 3 Even though the doors may be unlocked the rear door will not open by pulling the inner door handle 2 until the rear door child safety lock is unlocked Child protector rear door lock The child safety lock is provided to help prevent children from accidentally open ing the rear doors from inside the vehicle The rear door safety locks should be used whenever children are in the vehi cle 1 Open the rear door 2 Push the child safety lock 1 located on the rear edge of the door to the lock position When the child safety lock is in the lock position rear door will not open even when the inner door handle is pulled Features of your vehicle 4 CAUTION Make certain that you close the trunk before driving your vehicle Possible damage may occur to the trunk lift cylinders and attached OTF040015 4 sa OTF040016 Opening the trunk e To open the trunk from inside the vehi ii ihe trunk lid rel bu hardware if the trunk is not closed e Press the trunk unlock button for more Sio PURINE UMS eae DURON prior to driving than 1 second on the transmitter or Once the trunk is opened and then smart key closed the trunk locks automatically e Press the button on the trunk handl
298. the front seat occupants and the rear outboard seat occupants in cer tain side impact collisions ity angle speed and impact The curtain air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact situations collisions from the front or rear of the vehicle or in most rollover situations WARNING e In order for side and curtain air bags to provide its best protec tion both front seat occupants and both outboard rear occu pants should sit in an upright position with the seat belts prop erly fastened Importantly chil dren should sit in a proper child restraint system in the rear seat When children are seated in the rear outboard seats they must be seated in the proper child restraint system Make sure to put the child restraint system as far away from the door side as possible and secure the child restraint system in a locked posi tion Continued lean their heads or bodies onto doors put their arms on the doors stretch their arms out of the window or place objects between the doors and passen gers when they are seated on seats equipped with side impact and or curtain air bags Never try to open or repair any components of the side curtain air bag system This should only be done by an authorized Kia Failure to follow the above men tioned instructions can result in injury or death to the vehicle occupants in an accident Safety features of your vehicle Why didn t my air bag go off ina c
299. the smart key is in the vehicle and any front door is opened if equipped OTF040011 Operating door locks from inside the vehicle With the door lock button e To unlock a door push the door lock button 1 to the Unlock position The red mark 2 on the button will be visi ble e To lock a door push the door lock but ton 1 to the Lock position If the door is locked properly the red mark 2 on the door lock button will not show e To open a door pull the door handle 3 outward Features of your vehicle Driver s door With central door lock switch if equipped Operate by pressing the central door lock switch e Press the switch to the Lock position 1 all vehicle doors will lock e Press the switch to the Unlock posi tion 2 all vehicle doors will unlock e If the key is in the ignition switch or if the smart key is in the vehicle and any front door is opened the doors will not lock when the Lock position 1 of the central door lock switch is pressed if equipped WARNING Doors e The doors should always be fully closed and locked while the vehi cle is in motion to prevent acci dental opening of the door Locked doors will also discour age potential intruders when the vehicle stops or slows Be careful when opening doors and watch for vehicles motorcy cles bicycles or pedestrians approaching the vehicle in the path of the door Opening a door
300. these publications carefully and follow the recommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operation of your new vehicle Kia offers a great variety of options components and features for its various models Therefore some of the equipment described in this manual along with the various illustrations may not be applicable to your particular vehicle The information and specifications provided in this manual were accurate at the time of printing Kia reserves the right to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without notice and without incurring any obligation If you have questions always check with your Kia dealer We assure you of our continuing interest in your motoring pleasure and satisfaction in your Kia vehicle 2011 Kia Canada Inc All rights reserved Reproduction by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying recording or by any information storage and retrieval system or translation in whole or part is not permitted without written authorization from Kia Canada Inc Printed in Korea niroduction SC Your vehicle ata glance SEIN Safety features of your vehice ER Features of your vehice EN What to do in an emergenoy EN Specifications amp Consumer information _ E j
301. to n move to the rear seat The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator illuminates for about 4 sec onds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or after the engine is started If the front passenger seat is occupied the occupant detection sensor will then classify the front passenger after several more seconds B990A010 When an adult is seated in the front pas senger seat if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator is on turn the igni tion switch to the LOCK position and ask the passenger to sit properly sitting upright with the seat back in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor Restart the engine and have the person remain in that position This will allow the system to detect the person and to enable the passenger air bag Safety features of your vehicle Continued e If you change the weight on the Continued e Air bags can only be used once WARNING e Even though your vehicle is equipped with the occupant detection system never install a child restraint system in the front passenger s seat A deploying air bag can forcefully strike a child resulting in serious injuries or death Any child age 12 and under should ride in the rear seat Children too large for child restraints should use the avail able lap shoulder belts No mat ter what type of crash children of all ages are safer whe
302. ton e Press WE button to eject the CD This button works regardless of ignition switch status 7 CD Slot Insert a CD label side up and gently push in while ignition switch is on ACC or ON The audio automatically switches to CD mode and begins to play the CD If the audio was turned off audio power will automatically turned on as the CD is inserted This audio only recognizes 12cm size CD DA Audio CD or ISO data CD MP3 CD If UDF data CD or non CD e g DVD is inserted Reading Error message will be displayed and the disc will be ejected A CAUTION Do not insert a CD if CD indicator is lit Features of your vehicle TF_USA_CD 8 tx 5 3 8 Button e Press button to move to child folder of the current folder and display the first song in the folder Press TUNE ENTER knob to move to the folder displayed It will play the first song in the folder e Press button to move to parent folder of the current folder and display the first song in the folder Press TUNE ENTER knob to move to the folder displayed 9 Mize Button Displays the information of the current song e Audio CD Disc Title Artist Track Title Artist Total Track e MP3 CD File Name Title Artist Album Folder Total Files Not dis played if the information is unavailable on the CD or file 10 WLI Knob amp AHi Button e Turn this knob clockwise to browse songs after current song or counter clockwise t
303. ton e Turn this knob clockwise to browse songs after current song or counter clockwise to browse songs before cur rent song To play the displayed song press the knob Pressing this knob without turning enters to AUDIO CONTROL mode CAT FOLDER SCAN MUTE v 7 20m8 Button e Press button to move to child folder of the current folder and display the first song in the folder Press TUNE ENTER knob to move to the folder displayed It will play the first song in the folder Press button to move to parent folder display the first song in the folder Press TUNE ENTER knob to move to the folder displayed Features of your vehicle NOTICE FOR USING THE iPod DEVICE e Some iPod models might not sup port the communication protocol and the files will not be played Supported iPod models iPod Mini iPod 4th Photo 6th Classic generation iPod Nano 1st 4th generation iPod Touch 1st 2nd generation The order of search or playback of songs in the iPod can be different from the order searched in the audio system If the iPod disabled due to its own malfunction reset the iPod Reset Refer to iPod manual An iPod may not operate normal ly on low battery Some iPod devices such as the iPhone can be connected through the Bluetooth wireless technology inter face The device must have audio Bluetooth wireless technology capa bility such as for stereo headpho
304. ton again 6 GEG Button MENU Moves to the upper category from cur rently played category of the iPod To move to play the category song displayed press knob You will be able to search through the lower category of the selected category The standard order of iPod s category is SONGS ALBUMS ARTISTS GEN RES iPod Features of your vehicle To listen to the song displayed in the song category press the button to skip to and play the selected song Pressing the button changes the BASS MIDDLE TREBLE FADER and BAL ANCE TUNE mode The mode selected is shown on the display After selecting each mode rotate the Audio control knob clockwise or counterclockwise 7 EE Button Displays the information of the file cur rently played in the order of TITLE ARTIST ALBUM NORMAL DISPLAY TITLE Displays no informa tion if the file has no song information 8 Knob amp Button When you rotate the knob clockwise it will display the songs category ahead of the song currently played category in the same level Also when you rotate the knob counter clockwise it will display the songs cate gory before the song currently played category in the same level Features of your vehicle SIRIUS Satellite Radio information if equipped Satellite Radio channels SIRIUS Satellite Radio has over 130 channels including 69 channels of 100 commercial free music plus sports ne
305. traint check Check that the child restraint sys tem is secure by pushing and pulling it in different directions Incorrectly fitted child restraints may swing twist tip or separate causing death or serious injury WARNING Child restraint anchorage e Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints Under no circum stances are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses or for attaching other items or equipment to the vehicle The tether strap may not work properly if attached somewhere other than the correct tether anchor d s A E _ r B230D01NF Securing a child restraint seat with child seat lower anchor system Some child seat manufacturers make child restraint seats that are labeled as LATCH or LATCH compatible child restraint seats LATCH stands for Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children These seats include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that connect to two LATCH anchors at specific seating positions in your vehicle This type of child restraint seat eliminates the need to use seat belts to attach the child seat in the rear seats tl Safety features of your vehicle Lower Anchor Position Indicator OTF030031N Child restraint symbols are located on the left and right rear seat backs to indi cate the position of the lower anchors for child restraints LATCH anch
306. tting mode select Maintenance the desired maintenance schedule 4 If finished you can come out of the Maintenance mode by pressing the TRIP button for more than 2 seconds Features of your vehicle E Type A E Type B Malntenance back i eke Door Lock j Auto Door Lock Aulo Door Unback Twice Unlock Hom Pesdbock F TRIP Move RESET Select a OTF040077N Vehicle option if equipped 1 When the vehicle is at a standstill pressing the TRIP button for more than 2 seconds with the ENGINE START STOP button in the ON posi tion or engine running the LCD dis play on the cluster will change to the User Setting mode You can move to items by pressing the TRIP button and select the item by pressing the RESET button 2 In the User Setting mode select Vehicle Option 3 Move TRIP button to the desired item and select RESET button Auto Door Lock Off The auto door lock operation will be canceled Speed All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle speed exceeds 15 km h 9 3 mph Shift Lever All doors will be automati cally locked if the shift lever is shifted from the P Park position to the R Reverse N Neutral or D Drive posi tion Auto Door Unlock Off The auto door unlock operation will be inactivated Key Out All doors will be automatically unlocked when the ignition key is removed from ignition switch or smart key is removed from the smar
307. ty grade SAE 5W 20 API SM ILSAC GF 4 However if the engine oil is not available in your country select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart dn i n i el Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN AGLI CERTIFICATION VIN Label a A Sa Ma OTF080001 OVQ076002N The vehicle identification number VIN is VIN label i p SRoso90a the number used in registering your vehi The VIN is also ona plate attached tothe The vehicle certification label attatched cle and in all legal matters pertaining to top of the dashboard The number onthe On the driver s side center pillar gives the its ownership etc plate can easily be seen through the vehicle identification number VIN windshield from outside Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects TIRE SPECIFICATION AND ENGINE NUMBER PRESSURE LABEL E 2 4 engine Senn OMG055004 The tires supplied on your new vehicle are chosen to provide the best perform ance for normal driving The tire label located on the driver s side center pillar gives the tire pressures rec ommended for your vehicle The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown in the drawing dn n i o i n i
308. ul interference and 2 This device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation NVS is a registered trademark and Z Nav is a trademark of the Gentex Corporation Zeeland Michigan HomeLink is a registered trademark owned by Johnson Controls Incorporated Milwaukee Wisconsin tt ed Features of your vehicle Outside rearview mirror Be sure to adjust mirror angles before A CAUTION i AS CAUTION ON driving Do not scrape ice off the mirror If the mirror is jammed with ice do Your vehicle is equipped with both left face this may damage the surface not adjust the mirror by force Use hand and right hand outside rearview of the glass If ice should restrict an approved spray de icer not radi mirrors The mirrors can be adjusted movement of the mirror do not ator antifreeze to release the remotely with the remote switch The mir force the mirror for adjustment To frozen mechanism or move the ror heads can be folded back to prevent remove ice use a deicer spray or a vehicle to a warm place and allow damage during an automatic car wash or T or soft cloth with warm the ice to melt water when passing in a narrow street Features of your vehicle OTF040044N Remote control Electric type if equipped The electric remote control mirror switch allows you to adjust the position of the left and right outside rearview mirrors To adjust the position
309. ules on the steering wheel instrument panel and the front passenger s panel above the glove box because any such object could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to deploy Never place covers blankets or aftermarket seat warmers on the passenger seat as these may interfere with the occupant detec tion system Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS wiring or other components of the SRS system Doing so could result in injury due to acci dental deployment of the air bags or by rendering the SRS inopera tive Continued remains illuminated while the vehicle is being driven have an authorized Kia dealer inspect the air bag system as soon as possi ble Air bags can only be used once have an authorized Kia dealer replace the air bag immediately after deployment The SRS is designed to deploy the front air bags only when an impact is sufficiently severe and when the impact angle is less than 30 from the forward longitu dinal axis of the vehicle Additionally the air bags will only deploy once Seat belts must be worn at all times Front air bags are not intended to deploy in side impact rear impact or rollover crashes In addition front air bags will not deploy in frontal crashes below the deployment threshold Continued Ce ij T 1JBA3514 1JBA3522 kl Safety features of your vehicle Continued e Even though your vehicle is Continued e S
310. up plemental restraint system sensing components or side air bags Do not place items under the front seats Placing items under the front seats could interfere with the operation of the supplemental restraint system sensing components and wiring har nesses Never hold an infant or child on your lap The infant or child could be seri ously injured or killed in the event of a crash All infants and children should be properly restrained in appropriate child safety seats or seat belts in the rear seat Adding equipment to or modify ing your air bag equipped vehicle If you modify your vehicle by changing your vehicle s frame bumper system front end or side sheet metal or ride height this may affect the operation of your vehicle s air bag system dn i i n i Safety features of your vehicle OTF030044 1 Air bag warning label Air bag warning labels some required by the Canada Motor Vehicle Safety Standards CMVSS are attached to the sunvisor to alert the driver and passen gers of potential risks of the air bag sys tem Keys 4 2 Smart key 4 5 Remote Keyless entry 4 7 Theft alarm system 4 10 Door locks 4 13 Trunk 4 18 Windows 4 21 Hood 4 25 Fuel filler lid 4 27 Panorama sunroof 4 30 Features of your vehicle Driver position memory system 4 34 Steering wheel 4 36 Mirrors 4 39 Instrument cluster 4 48 Hazard warning flasher 4 74 Rear parking ass
311. up or down slightly and then release it The lane change signals will blink 3 times OAM049046 Front fog light Fog lights are used to provide improved visibility and avoid accidents when visibil ity is poor due to fog rain or snow etc The fog lights will turn on when fog light switch 1 is turned to ON after the park ing light is turned on To turn off the fog lights turn the switch to OFF NOTICE To turn on the rear fog light switch the ignition switch must be in the ON position Features of your vehicle WIPERS AND WASHERS OYF049100 Windshield wiper washer A Wiper speed control MIST Single wipe OFF Off INT Intermittent wipe AUTO Auto control wipe if equipped LO Low wiper speed HI High wiper speed B Intermittent or Auto control wipe time adjustment C Wash with brief wipes OYF049102 Windshield wipers Operates as follows when the ignition switch is turned ON MIST For a single wiping cycle push the lever upward and release it with the lever in the OFF position The wipers will operate continu ously if the lever is pushed upward and held OFF Wiper is not in operation INT Wiper operates intermittently at the same wiping intervals Use this mode in a light rain or mist To vary the speed setting turn the speed control knob 1 In this position the wiping intervals are also varied automatically depending on your vehicle speed
312. upants must be able to feel if the seat is becoming too warm and to turn the seat warmer off In particular the driver must exercise extreme care for the fol L lowing types of passengers C 1 Infants children elderly or dis abled persons or hospital outpa tients Persons with sensitive skin or those that burn easily Fatigued individuals Intoxicated individuals Individuals taking medication UNF 2041 1 eee OTF030016 Seatback pocket if equipped The seatback pocket is provided on the back of the front passenger s seatback Active headrest The active headrest is designed to move forward and upward during a rear impact This helps to prevent the driver s and front passenger s head from moving backward and thus helps prevent neck injuries WARNING Seatback pocket that can cause drowsiness or sleepiness sleeping pills cold tablets etc WARNING A gap between the seat and the headrest release button may appear when seating on the seat or when you push or pull the seat Be careful not to get your finger etc caught in the gap Do not put heavy or sharp objects in the seatback pocket In an acci dent they could come loose from the pocket and injure vehicle occu pants Safety features of your vehicle Rear seat adjustment To fold the rear seatback The rear seatbacks may be folded to position and if necessary slide the facilitate carrying long ite
313. ur vehicle A CAUTION The transaxle may be damaged if you shift into P Park while the vehicle is in motion R Reverse Use this position to drive the vehicle backward 4 CAUTION Always come to a complete stop before shifting into or out of R Reverse you may damage the transaxle if you shift into R Reverse while the vehicle is in motion except when Rocking the Vehicle explained in this section N Neutral The wheels and transaxle are not engaged The vehicle will roll freely even on the slightest incline unless the parking brake or service brakes are applied D Drive This is the normal forward driving posi tion The transaxle will automatically shift through a 6 gear sequence providing the best fuel economy and power For extra power when passing another vehicle or climbing grades depress the accelerator fully at which time the transaxle will automatically downshift to the next lower gear NOTICE Always come to a complete stop before shifting into D n i i n i i n Driving your vehicle Up Push the lever forward once to Continued shift up one gear e When driving on a slippery road Down Pull the lever backwards once push the shift lever forward into the to shift down one gear up position This causes the transaxle to shift into the 2nd or NOTICE third gear which is better for smooth i driving on a slippery road Push the In sports mode the driver
314. uring a call Do not place the phone near or inside metallic objects otherwise communications with Bluetooth wireless technology system or cellular service stations can be disturbed While a phone is connected through Bluetooth wireless tech nology your phone may dis charge quicker than usual for additional Bluetooth wireless technology related operations Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference noise or malfunction to audio system In this case storing the device in a different location may resolve the situation NOTE If you need more information about Kia s Bluetooth wireless technology Contact kia website www kia com OWNERS gt General Info gt BLUETOOTH wireless technology Features of your vehicle BLUETOOTH PHONE OPERATION if equipped 1 NUNS button Raises or lowers speaker volume 2 button Activates voice recognition di button Places and transfers calls 4 button Ends calls or cancels func tions n What is Bluetooth wireless technology Bluetooth wireless technology is a wire less technology that allows multiple devices to be connected in a short range low powered devices like hands free stereo headset steering remote control etc For more information visit the Bluetooth wireless technology website at www Bluetooth com General Features e This audio system supports Bluetooth wireless technology hands free and stereo hea
315. ust to the stored positions Adjusting the control switch for the driver seat while the system is recalling the stored position will cause the movement to stop and move in the direction that the control switch is moved Easy access function if equipped With the shift lever in the P position the system will move the driver s seat auto matically as follows Without smart key system It will move the driver s seat rearward when the ignition key is removed It will move the drivers seat forward when the ignition key is inserted e With smart key system It will move the driver s seat rearward when the engine start stop button is turned to the OFF position or the smart key is removed from the smart key holder It will move the drivers seat forward when the engine start stop button is turned to the ACC or START position or the smart key is inserted into the smart key holder Features of your vehicle STEERING WHEEL Electric power steering Power steering uses the motor to assist you in steering the vehicle If the engine is off or if the power steering system becomes inoperative the vehicle may still be steered but it will require increased steering effort The motor driven power steering is con trolled by the power steering control unit which senses the steering wheel torque and vehicle speed to command the motor The steering wheel becomes heavier as the vehicle s speed increases and becomes
316. vaporated fuel is not taken into the engine After the engine warms up during ordinary driving the PCSV opens to introduce evaporated fuel to the engine 3 Exhaust emission control system The Exhaust Emission Control System is a highly effective system which controls exhaust emissions while maintaining good vehicle performance Vehicle modifications This vehicle should not be modified Modification of your vehicle could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate governmental safety and emissions regulations In addition damage or performance problems resulting from any modification may not be covered under warranty e If you use unauthorized electronic devices it may cause the vehicle to operate abnormally wire damage bat tery discharge and fire For your safety do not use unauthorized electronic devices Engine exhaust gas precautions carbon monoxide e Carbon monoxide can be present with other exhaust fumes Therefore if you smell exhaust fumes of any kind inside your vehicle have it inspected and repaired immediately If you ever sus pect exhaust fumes are coming into your vehicle drive it only with all the windows fully open Have your vehicle checked and repaired immediately Maintenance Do not operate the engine in confined or closed areas Such as garages any more than what is necessary to move the vehicle in or out of the area When the vehicle is stopped in an op
317. ve engine oil and filter changed by an authorized Kia dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this section Maintenance ENGINE COOLANT The high pressure cooling system has a reservoir filled with year round antifreeze coolant The reservoir is filled at the fac tory Check the antifreeze protection and coolant level at least once a year at the beginning of the winter season and before traveling to a colder climate Checking the coolant level d WARNING Removing radiator cap e Never attempt to remove the radi ator cap while the engine is oper ating or hot Doing so might lead to cooling system and engine damage Also hot coolant or steam could cause serious per sonal injury Continued Continued Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down Use extreme care when removing the radiator cap Wrap a thick towel around it and turn it counterclockwise slowly to the first stop Step back while the pressure is released from the cooling system When you are sure all the pressure has been released press down on the cap using a thick towel and continue turning counterclockwise to remove it Even if the engine is not operat ing do not remove the radiator cap or the drain plug while the engine and radiator are hot Hot coolant and steam may still blow out under pressure causing seri ous injury A WARNING The electric motor cool Y ing fan is controlled by
318. vents The outlet vents can be opened or closed separately using the thumbwheel Also you can adjust the direction of air delivered from these vents using the vent control lever as shown Features of your vehicle OTF040125 Temperature control The temperature control knob allows you to control the temperature of the air flow ing from the ventilation system To change the air temperature in the pas senger compartment turn the knob to the right for warm air or left for cooler air Features of your vehicle Recirculated air position pe The indicator light on the Fone button illuminates when the recirculated air position is selected With the recirculated air position selected air from passenger compartment will be drawn through the heating system and heated or cooled according to the function selected OTF040126 Air intake control Outside fresh air position This is used to select outside fresh air p The indicator light on the position or recirculated air position button will not illuminate To change the air intake control position when the outside fresh air push the control button position is selected With the outside fresh air position selected air enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled accord ing to the function selected NOTICE Prolonged operation of the heater in the recirculated air position without air conditioning selected may cause fog ging of the windshie
319. ver s front air bag 3 Passengers front air bag B240B03L B240BO5L A fully inflated air bag in combination with a properly worn seat belt slows the driver s or the passenger s forward motion reducing the risk of head and chest injury After complete inflation the air bag immediately starts deflating enabling the driver to maintain forward visibility and the ability to steer or operate other con trols Safety features of your vehicle WARNING If an air bag deploys there may be a loud noise followed by a fine dust released in the vehicle These conditions are normal and are not hazardous the air bags are packed in this fine powder The dust generated during air bag deployment may cause skin or eye irritation as well as aggra vate asthma for some persons Always wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly with lukewarm water and a mild soap after an accident in which the air bags were deployed Continued Continued The SRS can function only when the ignition key is in the ON posi tion If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate or con tinuously remains on after illumi nating for about 6 seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or after the engine is started comes on while driving the SRS is not working properly If this occurs have your vehicle immediately inspected by an authorized Kia dealer Before you replace a fuse or dis connect a battery terminal
320. when the door is locked or unlocked with the transmitter or smart key Off The hazard warning light will blink but the horn will not sound when the door is locked or unlocked with the transmitter or smart key AVG fuel economy Auto Reset The average fuel economy will reset automatically when you drive after refuel ing Manual Reset The average fuel econo my will not reset auto matically when you drive after refueling Warnings and indicators All warning lights are checked by turning the ignition switch ON do not start the engine Any light that does not illuminate should be checked by an authorized Kia dealer After starting the engine check to make sure that all warning lights are off If any warning lights are still on this indicates a situation that needs attention When releasing the parking brake the brake system warning light should go off The fuel warning light will stay on if the fuel level is low Features of your vehicle Air bag warning light A oS ry This warning light will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion This light also comes on when the Supplement Restraint System SRS is not working properly If the air bag warn ing light does not come on or continu ously remains on after operating for about 6 seconds when you turned the ignition switch to the ON position or start ed the engine or if it comes on while driving hav
321. ws talk and entertainment available nationwide in your vehicle For more information and a complete list of SIRIUS Satellite Radio channels visit sirius com in the United States sirius canada ca in Canada or call SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 Satellite Radio reception factors To receive the satellite signal your vehi cle has been equipped with a satellite radio antenna located on the roof of your vehicle The vehicle roof provides the best location for an unobstructed open view of the sky a requirement of a satel lite radio system Like AM FM there are several factors that can affect satellite radio reception performance e Antenna obstructions For optimal reception performance keep the anten na clear of snow and ice build up and keep luggage and other material as far away from the antenna as possible Terrain Hills mountains tall buildings bridges tunnels freeway overpasses parking garages dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception SIRIUS Satellite Radio service SIRIUS Satellite Radio is a subscrip tion based satellite radio service that broad casts music sports news and entertain ment programming to radio receivers which are available for installation in motor vehicles or factory installed as well as for the home portable and wire less devices and through an Internet connection on personal computer Vehicles that are equipped with a factory installed SIRIUS Satel
322. y E Type A Insert key OTF040087N If you press the ENGINE START STOP button while Key is not detected illumi nates on the LCD display the warning Insert key illuminates for about 10 sec onds Also the immobilizer indicator and the key holder light blinks for about 10 seconds Press start button again E Type A E Type B start button again OTF040088N If you can not operate the ENGINE START STOP button when there is a problem with the ENGINE START STOP button system the warning illuminates for 10 seconds and the chime sounds continuously to indicate that you could start the engine by pressing the ENGINE START STOP button once more The chime will stop if the ENGINE START STOP button system works nor mally If the warning illuminates each time you press the ENGINE START STOP button take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked ke el Features of your vehicle Shift to P or N to start engine E Type A E Type B Go Shift to P or N to start engine Shift to PT or N to start engine 5 OTF040089N If you try to start the engine with the shift lever not in the P Park or N Neutral position the warning illuminates for about 10 seconds on the LCD display You can also start the engine with the shift lever in the N Neutral position but for your safety start the engine with the shift lever in the P Park position Press
323. y responsible for compliance it will not be covered by your manufactur er s vehicle warranty Features of your vehicle m Type A 1 Pry open the transmitter or smart key center cover 4 CAUTION 2 Replace the battery with a new battery CR2032 When replacing the battery make sure the battery positive sym bol faces up as indicated in the illus tration 3 Install the battery in the reverse order of removal HNF2005 OBH048004 Battery replacement A battery should last for several years but if the transmitter or smart key is not working properly try replacing the bat tery with a new one If you are unsure how to use or replace the battery contact an authorized Kia dealer The transmitter or smart key is designed to give you years of trouble free use however it can malfunction if exposed to mois ture or static electricity If you are unsure how to use or replace the battery contact an authorized Kia dealer Using the wrong battery can cause the transmitter or smart key to malfunction Be sure to use the correct battery To avoid damaging the transmit ter or smart key don t drop it get it wet or expose it to heat or sun light An inappropriately disposed bat tery can be harmful to the envi ronment and human health Dispose the battery according to your local law s or regulation el Features of your vehicle THEFT ALARM SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED This system is des
324. y will not oe if any of following occurs e The ignition key is in the ignition switch e You exceed the operating distance limit about 30 m 90 feet e The battery in the transmitter or smart key is weak e Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal The weather is extremely cold The transmitter or smart Key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can inter fere with normal operation of the transmitter When the transmitter or smart key does not work properly open and close the door with the ignition key If you have a problem with the transmitter or smart key contact an authorized Kia dealer 4 CAUTION Keep the transmitter or smart key away from water or any liquid If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to exposure to water or liquids it will not be covered by your manu facturer s vehicle warranty This device complies with Industry Canada Standard RSS 210 Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation 4 CAUTION Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to changes or modifications not expressly approved by the part
325. y battery acid Cleaning may safely be carried out using mild soap and water The belt should be replaced if webbing becomes frayed contaminated or damaged Continued Safety features of your vehicle Continued It is essential to replace the entire assembly after it has been worn in a severe impact even if damage to the assembly is not obvious Belts should not be worn with straps twisted Each belt assembly must only be used by one occupant it is dangerous to put a belt around a child being carried on the occu pant s lap WARNING e No modifications or additions should be made by the user which will either prevent the seat belt adjusting devices from oper ating to remove slack or prevent the seat belt assembly from being adjusted to remove slack When you fasten the seat belt be careful not to latch the seat belt in buckles of other seat It s very dan gerous and you may not be pro tected by the seat belt properly Do not unfasten the seat belt and do not fasten and unfasten the seat belt repeatedly while driving This could result in loss of con trol and an accident causing death serious injury or property damage When fastening the seat belt make sure that the seat belt does not pass over objects that are hard or can break easily Make sure there is nothing in the buckle The seat belt may not be fastened securely 1GQA2083 Seat belt warning for driver s seat The driver s seat b
326. y leak from the tire If you lose a valve cap buy another and install it as soon as pos sible After you have changed wheels always secure the flat tire in its place and return the jack and tools to their proper storage locations J CAUTION Your vehicle has metric threads on the wheel studs and nuts Make certain during wheel removal that the same nuts that were removed are reinstalled or if replaced that nuts with metric threads and the same chamfer configuration are used Installation of a non metric thread nut on a metric stud or vice versa will not secure the wheel to the hub properly and will damage the stud so that it must be replaced Note that most lug nuts do not have metric threads Be sure to use extreme care in checking for thread style before installing aftermarket lug nuts or wheels If in doubt consult an author ized Kia dealer To prevent the jack jack handle wheel lug nut wrench and spare tire from rattling while the vehicle is in motion store them properly What to do in an emergency Important use of compact spare tire if equipped Your vehicle is equipped with a com pact spare tire This compact spare tire takes up less space than a regu lar size tire This tire is smaller than a conventional tire and is designed for temporary use only When using a compact spare tire observe the following precautions Under no circumstances should you exceed 80 km h 50 mph a high
327. zed Kia dealer An authorized Kia dealer meets Kia s high service quality stan dards and receives technical support from Kia in order to provide you with a high level of service satisfaction dn i el Maintenance ee Owner maintenance precautions Improper or incomplete service may result in problems This section gives instructions only for the maintenance items that are easy to perform As explained earlier in this section sev eral procedures can be done only by an authorized Kia dealer with special tools NOTICE Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warran ty coverage For details read the sepa rate Warranty amp Consumer Information manual provided with the vehicle If you re unsure about any servicing or maintenance procedure have it done by an authorized Kia dealer Maintenance n OWNER MAINTENANCE The following lists are vehicle checks and inspections that should be performed by the owner or an authorized Kia dealer at the frequencies indicated to help ensure safe dependable operation of your vehi cle Any adverse conditions should be brought to the attention of your dealer as soon as possible These Owner Maintenance Checks are generally not covered by warranties and you may be charged for labor parts and lubricants used Owner maintenance schedule When you stop for fuel e Check the engine oil level e Check the coolant level in coolant reservoir e Chec

2013 Optima Owner`s Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents